Merge PR #4934: FORMAT: Run clang-format 10 on all source files1.4.0-development-snapshot-005

75 files changed, 2025 insertions, 1846 deletions

diff --git a/src/mumble/ACLEditor.cpp b/src/mumble/ACLEditor.cpp
index 616a7936b..d4bea977c 100644
--- a/src/mumble/ACLEditor.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/ACLEditor.cpp
@@ -298,7 +298,8 @@ void ACLEditor::accept() {
 	// Update channel state
 	if (bAddChannelMode) {
 		Global::get().sh->createChannel(iChannel, qleChannelName->text(), rteChannelDescription->text(),
-							qsbChannelPosition->value(), qcbChannelTemporary->isChecked(), qsbChannelMaxUsers->value());
+										qsbChannelPosition->value(), qcbChannelTemporary->isChecked(),
+										qsbChannelMaxUsers->value());
 	} else {
 		bool needs_update = false;
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/ALSAAudio.cpp b/src/mumble/ALSAAudio.cpp
index 2e64d5b8d..b2b2e28aa 100644
--- a/src/mumble/ALSAAudio.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/ALSAAudio.cpp
@@ -212,8 +212,8 @@ ALSAEnumerator::ALSAEnumerator() {
 		int err;
 		snd_ctl_t *ctl = nullptr;
 		if ((err = snd_card_get_longname(card, &name)) != 0) {
-			Global::get().mw->msgBox(
-				tr("Getting name (longname) of the sound card failed: %1").arg(QString::fromUtf8(snd_strerror(err)).toHtmlEscaped()));
+			Global::get().mw->msgBox(tr("Getting name (longname) of the sound card failed: %1")
+										 .arg(QString::fromUtf8(snd_strerror(err)).toHtmlEscaped()));
 			return;
 		}
 		QByteArray dev = QString::fromLatin1("hw:%1").arg(card).toUtf8();
@@ -223,8 +223,8 @@ ALSAEnumerator::ALSAEnumerator() {
 
 			char *cname = nullptr;
 			if ((err = snd_card_get_name(card, &cname)) != 0) {
-				Global::get().mw->msgBox(
-					tr("Getting name of the sound card failed: %1").arg(QString::fromUtf8(snd_strerror(err)).toHtmlEscaped()));
+				Global::get().mw->msgBox(tr("Getting name of the sound card failed: %1")
+											 .arg(QString::fromUtf8(snd_strerror(err)).toHtmlEscaped()));
 				return;
 			}
 			int device = -1;
diff --git a/src/mumble/API_v_1_0_x.cpp b/src/mumble/API_v_1_0_x.cpp
index ac8adf6f1..58a54314b 100644
--- a/src/mumble/API_v_1_0_x.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/API_v_1_0_x.cpp
@@ -10,12 +10,12 @@
 #include "Database.h"
 #include "Log.h"
 #include "MainWindow.h"
+#include "MumbleConstants.h"
 #include "PluginComponents_v_1_0_x.h"
 #include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "ServerHandler.h"
 #include "Settings.h"
 #include "UserModel.h"
-#include "MumbleConstants.h"
 #include "Global.h"
 
 #include <QVariant>
@@ -35,22 +35,22 @@
 	}                             \
 	return;
 
-#define VERIFY_PLUGIN_ID(id)                  \
+#define VERIFY_PLUGIN_ID(id)                              \
 	if (!Global::get().pluginManager->pluginExists(id)) { \
-		EXIT_WITH(EC_INVALID_PLUGIN_ID);      \
+		EXIT_WITH(EC_INVALID_PLUGIN_ID);                  \
 	}
 
 // Right now there can only be one connection managed by the current ServerHandler
-#define VERIFY_CONNECTION(connection)                     \
+#define VERIFY_CONNECTION(connection)                                             \
 	if (!Global::get().sh || Global::get().sh->getConnectionID() != connection) { \
-		EXIT_WITH(EC_CONNECTION_NOT_FOUND);               \
+		EXIT_WITH(EC_CONNECTION_NOT_FOUND);                                       \
 	}
 
-// Right now whether or not a connection has finished synchronizing is indicated by Global::get().uiSession. If it is zero,
-// synchronization is not done yet (or there is no connection to begin with). The connection parameter in the macro is
-// only present in case it will be needed in the future
+// Right now whether or not a connection has finished synchronizing is indicated by Global::get().uiSession. If it is
+// zero, synchronization is not done yet (or there is no connection to begin with). The connection parameter in the
+// macro is only present in case it will be needed in the future
 #define ENSURE_CONNECTION_SYNCHRONIZED(connection) \
-	if (Global::get().uiSession == 0) {                        \
+	if (Global::get().uiSession == 0) {            \
 		EXIT_WITH(EC_CONNECTION_UNSYNCHRONIZED);   \
 	}
 
@@ -67,7 +67,8 @@ MumbleAPICurator::~MumbleAPICurator() {
 		entry.m_deleter(current.first);
 
 		// Print an error about the leaked resource
-		printf("[ERROR]: Plugin with ID %d leaked memory from a call to API function \"%s\"\n", entry.m_pluginID, entry.m_sourceFunctionName);
+		printf("[ERROR]: Plugin with ID %d leaked memory from a call to API function \"%s\"\n", entry.m_pluginID,
+			   entry.m_sourceFunctionName);
 	}
 }
 // Some common delete-functions
@@ -86,12 +87,12 @@ void defaultDeleter(const void *ptr) {
 
 // This macro registers type, type * and type ** to Qt's metatype system
 // and also their const variants (except const value as that doesn't make sense)
-#define REGISTER_METATYPE(type)                              \
-	qRegisterMetaType< type >(#type);                        \
-	qRegisterMetaType< type * >(#type " *");                 \
-	qRegisterMetaType< type ** >(#type " **");               \
-	qRegisterMetaType< const type * >("const " #type " *");   \
-	qRegisterMetaType< const type ** >("const " #type " **"); \
+#define REGISTER_METATYPE(type)                             \
+	qRegisterMetaType< type >(#type);                       \
+	qRegisterMetaType< type * >(#type " *");                \
+	qRegisterMetaType< type ** >(#type " **");              \
+	qRegisterMetaType< const type * >("const " #type " *"); \
+	qRegisterMetaType< const type ** >("const " #type " **");
 
 MumbleAPI::MumbleAPI() {
 	// Move this object to the main thread
@@ -194,8 +195,8 @@ void MumbleAPI::isConnectionSynchronized_v_1_0_x(mumble_plugin_id_t callerID, mu
 	VERIFY_PLUGIN_ID(callerID);
 	VERIFY_CONNECTION(connection);
 
-	// Right now there can only be one connection and if Global::get().uiSession is zero, then the synchronization has not finished
-	// yet (or there is no connection to begin with)
+	// Right now there can only be one connection and if Global::get().uiSession is zero, then the synchronization has
+	// not finished yet (or there is no connection to begin with)
 	*synchronized = Global::get().uiSession != 0;
 
 	EXIT_WITH(STATUS_OK);
diff --git a/src/mumble/ASIOInput.cpp b/src/mumble/ASIOInput.cpp
index 1014fe6f9..11cc5c33a 100644
--- a/src/mumble/ASIOInput.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/ASIOInput.cpp
@@ -43,8 +43,7 @@ const QList< audioDevice > ASIOAudioInputRegistrar::getDeviceChoices() {
 }
 
 bool ASIOAudioInputRegistrar::canEcho(EchoCancelOptionID echoOption, const QString &) const {
-	return (echoOption == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MIXED
-	        || echoOption == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MULTICHANNEL);
+	return (echoOption == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MIXED || echoOption == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MULTICHANNEL);
 }
 
 void ASIOAudioInputRegistrar::setDeviceChoice(const QVariant &, Settings &) {
diff --git a/src/mumble/About.cpp b/src/mumble/About.cpp
index c086653f1..2abac5852 100644
--- a/src/mumble/About.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/About.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AboutDialog::AboutDialog(QWidget *p) : QDialog(p) {
 	QString copyrightText;
 #ifdef MUMBLE_BUILD_YEAR
 	copyrightText = "Copyright 2005-" QUOTE(MUMBLE_BUILD_YEAR) " The Mumble Developers";
-#else // MUMBLE_BUILD_YEAR
+#else  // MUMBLE_BUILD_YEAR
 	copyrightText = "Copyright 2005-now The Mumble Developers";
 #endif // MUMBLE_BUILD_YEAR
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/Audio.cpp b/src/mumble/Audio.cpp
index b2d61025d..ab78c762f 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Audio.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/Audio.cpp
@@ -270,15 +270,16 @@ void Audio::stopInput() {
 void Audio::start(const QString &input, const QString &output) {
 	startInput(input);
 	startOutput(output);
-	
+
 	// Now that the audio input and output is created, we connect them to the PluginManager
-	// As these callbacks might want to change the audio before it gets further processed, all these connections have to be direct
+	// As these callbacks might want to change the audio before it gets further processed, all these connections have to
+	// be direct
 	QObject::connect(Global::get().ai.get(), &AudioInput::audioInputEncountered, Global::get().pluginManager,
-			&PluginManager::on_audioInput, Qt::DirectConnection);
+					 &PluginManager::on_audioInput, Qt::DirectConnection);
 	QObject::connect(Global::get().ao.get(), &AudioOutput::audioSourceFetched, Global::get().pluginManager,
-			&PluginManager::on_audioSourceFetched, Qt::DirectConnection);
+					 &PluginManager::on_audioSourceFetched, Qt::DirectConnection);
 	QObject::connect(Global::get().ao.get(), &AudioOutput::audioOutputAboutToPlay, Global::get().pluginManager,
-			&PluginManager::on_audioOutputAboutToPlay, Qt::DirectConnection);
+					 &PluginManager::on_audioOutputAboutToPlay, Qt::DirectConnection);
 }
 
 void Audio::stop() {
diff --git a/src/mumble/AudioConfigDialog.cpp b/src/mumble/AudioConfigDialog.cpp
index c9b65a4e0..bed102293 100644
--- a/src/mumble/AudioConfigDialog.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/AudioConfigDialog.cpp
@@ -245,13 +245,14 @@ void AudioInputDialog::verifyMicrophonePermission() {
 		qcbDevice->setEnabled(false);
 		if (air->name == QLatin1String("CoreAudio")) {
 			qlInputHelp->setVisible(true);
-			qlInputHelp->setText(tr("Access to the microphone was denied. Please allow Mumble to use the microphone "
-			                        "by changing the settings in System Preferences -> Security & Privacy -> Privacy -> "
-			                        "Microphone."));
+			qlInputHelp->setText(
+				tr("Access to the microphone was denied. Please allow Mumble to use the microphone "
+				   "by changing the settings in System Preferences -> Security & Privacy -> Privacy -> "
+				   "Microphone."));
 		} else if (air->name == QLatin1String("WASAPI")) {
 			qlInputHelp->setVisible(true);
-			qlInputHelp->setText( tr("Access to the microphone was denied. Please check that your operating system's "
-			                         "microphone settings allow Mumble to use the microphone."));
+			qlInputHelp->setText(tr("Access to the microphone was denied. Please check that your operating system's "
+									"microphone settings allow Mumble to use the microphone."));
 		}
 	} else {
 		qcbDevice->setEnabled(true);
@@ -297,7 +298,7 @@ void AudioInputDialog::save() const {
 	s.qsTxAudioCueOff      = qlePushClickPathOff->text();
 
 	s.qsAudioInput    = qcbSystem->currentText();
-	s.echoOption    = static_cast<EchoCancelOptionID>(qcbEcho->currentData().toInt());
+	s.echoOption      = static_cast< EchoCancelOptionID >(qcbEcho->currentData().toInt());
 	s.bExclusiveInput = qcbExclusive->isChecked();
 
 	if (AudioInputRegistrar::qmNew) {
@@ -519,9 +520,9 @@ void AudioInputDialog::updateEchoEnableState() {
 	for (EchoCancelOptionID ecoid : air->echoOptions) {
 		if (air->canEcho(ecoid, outputInterface)) {
 			++i;
-			hasUsableEchoOption = true;
-			const EchoCancelOption &echoOption = echoCancelOptions[static_cast<int>(ecoid)];
-			qcbEcho->insertItem(i, echoOption.description, static_cast<int>(ecoid));
+			hasUsableEchoOption                = true;
+			const EchoCancelOption &echoOption = echoCancelOptions[static_cast< int >(ecoid)];
+			qcbEcho->insertItem(i, echoOption.description, static_cast< int >(ecoid));
 			qcbEcho->setItemData(i, echoOption.explanation, Qt::ToolTipRole);
 			if (s.echoOption == ecoid) {
 				qcbEcho->setCurrentIndex(i);
@@ -535,9 +536,9 @@ void AudioInputDialog::updateEchoEnableState() {
 		qcbEcho->setCurrentIndex(0);
 		qcbEcho->setEnabled(false);
 		qcbEcho->setToolTip(QObject::tr("Echo cancellation is not supported for the interface "
-		                                "combination \"%1\" (in) and \"%2\" (out).")
-			                    .arg(air->name)
-			                    .arg(outputInterface));
+										"combination \"%1\" (in) and \"%2\" (out).")
+								.arg(air->name)
+								.arg(outputInterface));
 	}
 }
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/AudioInput.cpp b/src/mumble/AudioInput.cpp
index cf1ca3820..0ac244a40 100644
--- a/src/mumble/AudioInput.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/AudioInput.cpp
@@ -10,18 +10,16 @@
 #ifdef USE_OPUS
 #	include "OpusCodec.h"
 #endif
+#include "API.h"
 #include "MainWindow.h"
-#include "User.h"
-#include "PacketDataStream.h"
-#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "Message.h"
 #include "NetworkConfig.h"
 #include "PacketDataStream.h"
+#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "ServerHandler.h"
 #include "User.h"
 #include "Utils.h"
 #include "VoiceRecorder.h"
-#include "API.h"
 
 #include "Global.h"
 
@@ -177,7 +175,7 @@ AudioInputPtr AudioInputRegistrar::newFromChoice(QString choice) {
 
 	if (!choice.isEmpty() && qmNew->contains(choice)) {
 		Global::get().s.qsAudioInput = choice;
-		current          = choice;
+		current                      = choice;
 		return AudioInputPtr(qmNew->value(current)->create());
 	}
 	choice = Global::get().s.qsAudioInput;
@@ -711,19 +709,20 @@ void AudioInput::setMaxBandwidth(int bitspersec) {
 
 	if (bitspersec != -1) {
 		if ((bitrate != Global::get().s.iQuality) || (frames != Global::get().s.iFramesPerPacket))
-			Global::get().mw->msgBox(tr("Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 "
-							"kbit/s (%3 ms)")
-							 .arg(bitspersec / 1000)
-							 .arg(bitrate / 1000)
-							 .arg(frames * 10));
+			Global::get().mw->msgBox(
+				tr("Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 "
+				   "kbit/s (%3 ms)")
+					.arg(bitspersec / 1000)
+					.arg(bitrate / 1000)
+					.arg(frames * 10));
 	}
 
 	AudioInputPtr ai = Global::get().ai;
 	if (ai) {
-		Global::get().iAudioBandwidth  = getNetworkBandwidth(bitrate, frames);
-		ai->iAudioQuality  = bitrate;
-		ai->iAudioFrames   = frames;
-		ai->bAllowLowDelay = allowLowDelay;
+		Global::get().iAudioBandwidth = getNetworkBandwidth(bitrate, frames);
+		ai->iAudioQuality             = bitrate;
+		ai->iAudioFrames              = frames;
+		ai->bAllowLowDelay            = allowLowDelay;
 		return;
 	}
 
@@ -734,8 +733,8 @@ void AudioInput::setMaxBandwidth(int bitspersec) {
 }
 
 int AudioInput::getNetworkBandwidth(int bitrate, int frames) {
-	int overhead =
-		20 + 8 + 4 + 1 + 2 + (Global::get().s.bTransmitPosition ? 12 : 0) + (NetworkConfig::TcpModeEnabled() ? 12 : 0) + frames;
+	int overhead = 20 + 8 + 4 + 1 + 2 + (Global::get().s.bTransmitPosition ? 12 : 0)
+				   + (NetworkConfig::TcpModeEnabled() ? 12 : 0) + frames;
 	overhead *= (800 / frames);
 	int bw = overhead + bitrate;
 
@@ -810,7 +809,8 @@ bool AudioInput::selectCodec() {
 
 	if (!useOpus) {
 		CELTCodec *switchto = nullptr;
-		if ((!Global::get().uiSession || (Global::get().s.lmLoopMode == Settings::Local)) && (!Global::get().qmCodecs.isEmpty())) {
+		if ((!Global::get().uiSession || (Global::get().s.lmLoopMode == Settings::Local))
+			&& (!Global::get().qmCodecs.isEmpty())) {
 			// Use latest for local loopback
 			QMap< int, CELTCodec * >::const_iterator i = Global::get().qmCodecs.constEnd();
 			--i;
@@ -824,9 +824,11 @@ bool AudioInput::selectCodec() {
 			}
 		}
 		if (!switchto) {
-			switchto = Global::get().qmCodecs.value(Global::get().bPreferAlpha ? Global::get().iCodecAlpha : Global::get().iCodecBeta);
+			switchto = Global::get().qmCodecs.value(Global::get().bPreferAlpha ? Global::get().iCodecAlpha
+																			   : Global::get().iCodecBeta);
 			if (!switchto)
-				switchto = Global::get().qmCodecs.value(Global::get().bPreferAlpha ? Global::get().iCodecBeta : Global::get().iCodecAlpha);
+				switchto = Global::get().qmCodecs.value(Global::get().bPreferAlpha ? Global::get().iCodecBeta
+																				   : Global::get().iCodecAlpha);
 		}
 		if (switchto != cCodec) {
 			if (cCodec && ceEncoder) {
@@ -1062,13 +1064,15 @@ void AudioInput::encodeAudioFrame(AudioChunk chunk) {
 		iHoldFrames = 0;
 	}
 
-	if (Global::get().s.atTransmit == Settings::Continuous || API::PluginData::get().overwriteMicrophoneActivation.load()) {
+	if (Global::get().s.atTransmit == Settings::Continuous
+		|| API::PluginData::get().overwriteMicrophoneActivation.load()) {
 		// Continous transmission is enabled
 		bIsSpeech = true;
 	} else if (Global::get().s.atTransmit == Settings::PushToTalk) {
 		// PTT is enabled, so check if it is currently active
-		bIsSpeech =
-			Global::get().s.uiDoublePush && ((Global::get().uiDoublePush < Global::get().s.uiDoublePush) || (Global::get().tDoublePush.elapsed() < Global::get().s.uiDoublePush));
+		bIsSpeech = Global::get().s.uiDoublePush
+					&& ((Global::get().uiDoublePush < Global::get().s.uiDoublePush)
+						|| (Global::get().tDoublePush.elapsed() < Global::get().s.uiDoublePush));
 	}
 
 	// If Global::get().iPushToTalk > 0 that means that we are currently in some sort of PTT action. For
@@ -1076,8 +1080,8 @@ void AudioInput::encodeAudioFrame(AudioChunk chunk) {
 	bIsSpeech = bIsSpeech || (Global::get().iPushToTalk > 0);
 
 	ClientUser *p = ClientUser::get(Global::get().uiSession);
-	if (Global::get().s.bMute || ((Global::get().s.lmLoopMode != Settings::Local) && p && (p->bMute || p->bSuppress)) || Global::get().bPushToMute
-		|| (voiceTargetID < 0)) {
+	if (Global::get().s.bMute || ((Global::get().s.lmLoopMode != Settings::Local) && p && (p->bMute || p->bSuppress))
+		|| Global::get().bPushToMute || (voiceTargetID < 0)) {
 		bIsSpeech = false;
 	}
 
@@ -1148,7 +1152,7 @@ void AudioInput::encodeAudioFrame(AudioChunk chunk) {
 	Q_ASSERT(buffer.size() >= static_cast< size_t >(iAudioQuality / 100 * iAudioFrames / 8));
 
 	emit audioInputEncountered(psSource, iFrameSize, iMicChannels, SAMPLE_RATE, bIsSpeech);
-	
+
 	int len = 0;
 
 	bool encoded = true;
@@ -1281,7 +1285,7 @@ void AudioInput::flushCheck(const QByteArray &frame, bool terminator, int voiceT
 	}
 
 	if (Global::get().s.bTransmitPosition && Global::get().pluginManager && !Global::get().bCenterPosition
-			&& Global::get().pluginManager->fetchPositionalData()) {
+		&& Global::get().pluginManager->fetchPositionalData()) {
 		Position3D currentPos = Global::get().pluginManager->getPositionalData().getPlayerPos();
 
 		pds << currentPos.x;
diff --git a/src/mumble/AudioInput.h b/src/mumble/AudioInput.h
index 0410db421..d69c28f84 100644
--- a/src/mumble/AudioInput.h
+++ b/src/mumble/AudioInput.h
@@ -261,7 +261,8 @@ signals:
 	/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the input
 	/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
 	/// @param isSpeech Whether Mumble considers the inpu to be speech
-	void audioInputEncountered(short *inputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount, unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech);
+	void audioInputEncountered(short *inputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount,
+							   unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech);
 
 public:
 	typedef enum { ActivityStateIdle, ActivityStateReturnedFromIdle, ActivityStateActive } ActivityState;
diff --git a/src/mumble/AudioOutput.cpp b/src/mumble/AudioOutput.cpp
index 784a29245..3216ee286 100644
--- a/src/mumble/AudioOutput.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/AudioOutput.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ AudioOutputPtr AudioOutputRegistrar::newFromChoice(QString choice) {
 
 	if (!choice.isEmpty() && qmNew->contains(choice)) {
 		Global::get().s.qsAudioOutput = choice;
-		current           = choice;
+		current                       = choice;
 		return AudioOutputPtr(qmNew->value(choice)->create());
 	}
 	choice = Global::get().s.qsAudioOutput;
@@ -116,8 +116,9 @@ float AudioOutput::calcGain(float dotproduct, float distance) {
 			if (mvol < 0.01f)
 				mvol = 0.01f;
 
-			float drel = (distance - Global::get().s.fAudioMinDistance) / (Global::get().s.fAudioMaxDistance - Global::get().s.fAudioMinDistance);
-			datt       = powf(10.0f, log10f(mvol) * drel);
+			float drel = (distance - Global::get().s.fAudioMinDistance)
+						 / (Global::get().s.fAudioMaxDistance - Global::get().s.fAudioMinDistance);
+			datt = powf(10.0f, log10f(mvol) * drel);
 		}
 
 		att = datt * dotfactor;
@@ -395,13 +396,13 @@ bool AudioOutput::mix(void *outbuff, unsigned int frameCount) {
 		prioritySpeakerActive = true;
 	}
 
-	// If the audio backend uses a float-array we can sample and mix the audio sources directly into the output. Otherwise we'll have to
-	// use an intermediate buffer which we will convert to an array of shorts later
-	STACKVAR(float, fOutput, iChannels * frameCount);
-	float *output = (eSampleFormat == SampleFloat) ? reinterpret_cast<float *>(outbuff) : fOutput;
+	// If the audio backend uses a float-array we can sample and mix the audio sources directly into the output.
+	// Otherwise we'll have to use an intermediate buffer which we will convert to an array of shorts later
+	STACKVAR(float, fOutput, iChannels *frameCount);
+	float *output = (eSampleFormat == SampleFloat) ? reinterpret_cast< float * >(outbuff) : fOutput;
 	memset(output, 0, sizeof(float) * frameCount * iChannels);
 
-	if (! qlMix.isEmpty()) {
+	if (!qlMix.isEmpty()) {
 		// There are audio sources available -> mix those sources together and feed them into the audio backend
 		STACKVAR(float, speaker, iChannels * 3);
 		STACKVAR(float, svol, iChannels);
@@ -497,7 +498,7 @@ bool AudioOutput::mix(void *outbuff, unsigned int frameCount) {
 			AudioOutputSpeech *speech = qobject_cast< AudioOutputSpeech * >(aop);
 			const ClientUser *user    = nullptr;
 			if (speech) {
-				user              = speech->p;
+				user = speech->p;
 				volumeAdjustment *= user->getLocalVolumeAdjustments();
 
 				if (user->cChannel && ChannelListener::isListening(Global::get().uiSession, user->cChannel->iId)
@@ -639,7 +640,7 @@ bool AudioOutput::mix(void *outbuff, unsigned int frameCount) {
 	bool pluginModifiedAudio = false;
 	emit audioOutputAboutToPlay(output, frameCount, nchan, SAMPLE_RATE, &pluginModifiedAudio);
 
-	if (pluginModifiedAudio || (! qlMix.isEmpty())) {
+	if (pluginModifiedAudio || (!qlMix.isEmpty())) {
 		// Clip the output audio
 		if (eSampleFormat == SampleFloat)
 			for (unsigned int i = 0; i < frameCount * iChannels; i++)
@@ -662,7 +663,7 @@ bool AudioOutput::mix(void *outbuff, unsigned int frameCount) {
 #endif
 
 	// Return whether data has been written to the outbuff
-	return (pluginModifiedAudio || (! qlMix.isEmpty()));
+	return (pluginModifiedAudio || (!qlMix.isEmpty()));
 }
 
 bool AudioOutput::isAlive() const {
diff --git a/src/mumble/AudioOutput.h b/src/mumble/AudioOutput.h
index 3d5c5b6da..b36b87e2c 100644
--- a/src/mumble/AudioOutput.h
+++ b/src/mumble/AudioOutput.h
@@ -137,7 +137,8 @@ signals:
 	/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
 	/// @param isSpeech Whether the fetched output is considered to be speech
 	/// @param A pointer to the user that this speech belongs to or nullptr if this isn't speech
-	void audioSourceFetched(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount, unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech, const ClientUser *user);
+	void audioSourceFetched(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount,
+							unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech, const ClientUser *user);
 	/// Signal emitted whenever an audio is about to be played to the user
 	///
 	/// @param outputPCM The output PCM that is to be played
@@ -145,7 +146,8 @@ signals:
 	/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the output
 	/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
 	/// @param modifiedAudio Pointer to bool if audio has been modified or not and should be played
-	void audioOutputAboutToPlay(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount, unsigned int sampleRate, bool *modifiedAudio);
+	void audioOutputAboutToPlay(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount,
+								unsigned int sampleRate, bool *modifiedAudio);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/mumble/AudioOutputSpeech.cpp b/src/mumble/AudioOutputSpeech.cpp
index ee7426a1e..2903f57ad 100644
--- a/src/mumble/AudioOutputSpeech.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/AudioOutputSpeech.cpp
@@ -335,7 +335,8 @@ bool AudioOutputSpeech::prepareSampleBuffer(unsigned int frameCount) {
 				QByteArray qba = qlFrames.takeFirst();
 
 				if (umtType == MessageHandler::UDPVoiceCELTAlpha || umtType == MessageHandler::UDPVoiceCELTBeta) {
-					int wantversion = (umtType == MessageHandler::UDPVoiceCELTAlpha) ? Global::get().iCodecAlpha : Global::get().iCodecBeta;
+					int wantversion = (umtType == MessageHandler::UDPVoiceCELTAlpha) ? Global::get().iCodecAlpha
+																					 : Global::get().iCodecBeta;
 					if ((p == &LoopUser::lpLoopy) && (!Global::get().qmCodecs.isEmpty())) {
 						QMap< int, CELTCodec * >::const_iterator i = Global::get().qmCodecs.constEnd();
 						--i;
diff --git a/src/mumble/AudioWizard.cpp b/src/mumble/AudioWizard.cpp
index 885858b0a..494960ea7 100644
--- a/src/mumble/AudioWizard.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/AudioWizard.cpp
@@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
 #include "Log.h"
 #include "MainWindow.h"
 #include "Utils.h"
+#include "Global.h"
 #include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 #include "GlobalShortcutButtons.h"
-#include "Global.h"
 
 #include <QtGui/QMouseEvent>
 #include <QtWidgets/QGraphicsEllipseItem>
@@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
 #include <cmath>
 
 AudioWizard::AudioWizard(QWidget *p) : QWizard(p) {
-	bInit            = true;
-	bLastActive      = false;
+	bInit                        = true;
+	bLastActive                  = false;
 	Global::get().bInAudioWizard = true;
 
 	ticker = new QTimer(this);
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ AudioWizard::AudioWizard(QWidget *p) : QWizard(p) {
 	resize(700, 500);
 
 	updateTriggerWidgets(qrPTT->isChecked());
-	sOldSettings        = Global::get().s;
+	sOldSettings                    = Global::get().s;
 	Global::get().s.lmLoopMode      = Settings::Local;
 	Global::get().s.dPacketLoss     = 0.0;
 	Global::get().s.dMaxPacketDelay = 0.0;
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ void AudioWizard::showPage(int pageid) {
 		Global::get().s.bMute = true;
 		playChord();
 	} else if (cp == qwpPositional) {
-		fX = fY    = 0.0f;
+		fX = fY                = 0.0f;
 		Global::get().s.bMute  = true;
 		Global::get().bPosTest = true;
 		if (qgsScene) {
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ void AudioWizard::reject() {
 	AudioOutputPtr ao = Global::get().ao;
 	if (ao)
 		ao->wipe();
-	aosSource        = nullptr;
+	aosSource                    = nullptr;
 	Global::get().bInAudioWizard = false;
 
 	QWizard::reject();
@@ -646,15 +646,15 @@ void AudioWizard::on_qpbPTT_clicked() {
 		shortcuts << shortcut;
 	}
 
-	Global::get().s.qlShortcuts                          = shortcuts;
+	Global::get().s.qlShortcuts              = shortcuts;
 	GlobalShortcutEngine::engine->bNeedRemap = true;
 	GlobalShortcutEngine::engine->needRemap();
 }
 
 void AudioWizard::on_qcbEcho_clicked(bool on) {
 	if (on) {
-		AudioInputRegistrar *air = AudioInputRegistrar::qmNew->value(qcbInput->currentText());
-		Global::get().s.echoOption           = firstUsableEchoCancellation(air, qcbOutput->currentText());
+		AudioInputRegistrar *air   = AudioInputRegistrar::qmNew->value(qcbInput->currentText());
+		Global::get().s.echoOption = firstUsableEchoCancellation(air, qcbOutput->currentText());
 	} else {
 		Global::get().s.echoOption = EchoCancelOptionID::DISABLED;
 	}
diff --git a/src/mumble/ClientUser.cpp b/src/mumble/ClientUser.cpp
index 8a66cf496..dea92fe92 100644
--- a/src/mumble/ClientUser.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/ClientUser.cpp
@@ -63,7 +63,8 @@ ClientUser *ClientUser::add(unsigned int uiSession, QObject *po) {
 	p->uiSession         = uiSession;
 	c_qmUsers[uiSession] = p;
 
-	QObject::connect(p, &ClientUser::talkingStateChanged, Global::get().pluginManager, &PluginManager::on_userTalkingStateChanged);
+	QObject::connect(p, &ClientUser::talkingStateChanged, Global::get().pluginManager,
+					 &PluginManager::on_userTalkingStateChanged);
 
 	return p;
 }
diff --git a/src/mumble/ConfigDialog.cpp b/src/mumble/ConfigDialog.cpp
index 8649ec307..5abf4035f 100644
--- a/src/mumble/ConfigDialog.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/ConfigDialog.cpp
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
 #include <QtCore/QMutexLocker>
 #include <QtGui/QScreen>
 #include <QtWidgets/QDesktopWidget>
-#include <QtWidgets/QPushButton>
 #include <QtWidgets/QMessageBox>
+#include <QtWidgets/QPushButton>
 
 
 // init static member fields
@@ -74,8 +74,7 @@ ConfigDialog::ConfigDialog(QWidget *p) : QDialog(p) {
 		   "changed.<br />"
 		   "To restore all settings to their defaults, you can press the \"Defaults (All)\" button."));
 
-	QPushButton *restoreAllButton =
-		pageButtonBox->addButton(tr("Defaults (All)"), QDialogButtonBox::ResetRole);
+	QPushButton *restoreAllButton = pageButtonBox->addButton(tr("Defaults (All)"), QDialogButtonBox::ResetRole);
 	restoreAllButton->setToolTip(tr("Restore all defaults"));
 	restoreAllButton->setWhatsThis(tr("This button will restore the defaults for all settings."));
 
@@ -162,15 +161,14 @@ void ConfigDialog::on_pageButtonBox_clicked(QAbstractButton *b) {
 			QMessageBox msgBox;
 			msgBox.setIcon(QMessageBox::Question);
 			msgBox.setText(QObject::tr("Reset all settings?"));
-			msgBox.setInformativeText(QObject::tr("Do you really want to reset all settings (not only the ones currently visible) to their default value?"));
+			msgBox.setInformativeText(QObject::tr("Do you really want to reset all settings (not only the ones "
+												  "currently visible) to their default value?"));
 			msgBox.setStandardButtons(QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No);
 			msgBox.setDefaultButton(QMessageBox::No);
 
 			if (msgBox.exec() == QMessageBox::Yes) {
 				Settings defaultSetting;
-				foreach (ConfigWidget *cw, qmWidgets) {
-					cw->load(defaultSetting);
-				}
+				foreach (ConfigWidget *cw, qmWidgets) { cw->load(defaultSetting); }
 			}
 			break;
 		}
diff --git a/src/mumble/ConnectDialog.cpp b/src/mumble/ConnectDialog.cpp
index 279c3b7b3..536e5c0ce 100644
--- a/src/mumble/ConnectDialog.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/ConnectDialog.cpp
@@ -406,10 +406,10 @@ ServerItem *ServerItem::fromUrl(QUrl url, QWidget *p) {
 	if (url.userName().isEmpty()) {
 		if (Global::get().s.qsUsername.isEmpty()) {
 			bool ok;
-			QString defUserName =
-				QInputDialog::getText(p, ConnectDialog::tr("Adding host %1").arg(url.host()),
-									  ConnectDialog::tr("Enter username"), QLineEdit::Normal, Global::get().s.qsUsername, &ok)
-					.trimmed();
+			QString defUserName = QInputDialog::getText(p, ConnectDialog::tr("Adding host %1").arg(url.host()),
+														ConnectDialog::tr("Enter username"), QLineEdit::Normal,
+														Global::get().s.qsUsername, &ok)
+									  .trimmed();
 			if (!ok)
 				return nullptr;
 			if (defUserName.isEmpty())
diff --git a/src/mumble/CrashReporter.cpp b/src/mumble/CrashReporter.cpp
index 73e85d789..c12cbf28e 100644
--- a/src/mumble/CrashReporter.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/CrashReporter.cpp
@@ -93,8 +93,9 @@ void CrashReporter::uploadFinished() {
 		}
 	} else {
 		QMessageBox::critical(nullptr, tr("Crash upload failed"),
-							  tr("Internal error encountered in CrashReporter.cpp: Received network reply does not contain an HTTP status code."
-								  " Please inform a developer about error code %1")
+							  tr("Internal error encountered in CrashReporter.cpp: Received network reply does not "
+								 "contain an HTTP status code."
+								 " Please inform a developer about error code %1")
 								  .arg(qnrReply->error()));
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/CustomElements.cpp b/src/mumble/CustomElements.cpp
index 9e51ae37e..caed34c53 100644
--- a/src/mumble/CustomElements.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/CustomElements.cpp
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ bool ChatbarTextEdit::sendImagesFromMimeData(const QMimeData *source) {
 		if (Global::get().bAllowHTML) {
 			if (source->hasImage()) {
 				// Process the image pasted onto the chatbar.
-				QImage image = qvariant_cast<QImage>(source->imageData());
+				QImage image = qvariant_cast< QImage >(source->imageData());
 				if (emitPastedImage(image)) {
 					return true;
 				} else {
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ bool ChatbarTextEdit::sendImagesFromMimeData(const QMimeData *source) {
 
 			} else if (source->hasUrls()) {
 				// Process the files dropped onto the chatbar. URLs here should be understood as the URIs of files.
-				QList<QUrl> urlList = source->urls();
+				QList< QUrl > urlList = source->urls();
 
 				int count = 0;
 				for (int i = 0; i < urlList.size(); ++i) {
@@ -256,7 +256,8 @@ bool ChatbarTextEdit::event(QEvent *evt) {
 		} else if (kev->key() == Qt::Key_Down && kev->modifiers() == Qt::ControlModifier) {
 			historyDown();
 			return true;
-		} else if (kev->key() == Qt::Key_V && (kev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) && (kev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) {
+		} else if (kev->key() == Qt::Key_V && (kev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier)
+				   && (kev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) {
 			pasteAndSend_triggered();
 			return true;
 		}
diff --git a/src/mumble/Database.cpp b/src/mumble/Database.cpp
index 7f76fc917..7e21c5be9 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Database.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/Database.cpp
@@ -209,7 +209,8 @@ Database::Database(const QString &dbname) {
 	execQueryAndLogFailure(query, QLatin1String("CREATE UNIQUE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS `volume_hash` ON `volume`(`hash`)"));
 	execQueryAndLogFailure(query, QLatin1String("CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS `nicknames` (`id` INTEGER PRIMARY KEY "
 												"AUTOINCREMENT, `hash` TEXT, `nickname` TEXT)"));
-	execQueryAndLogFailure(query, QLatin1String("CREATE UNIQUE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS `nicknames_hash` ON `nicknames`(`hash`)"));
+	execQueryAndLogFailure(query,
+						   QLatin1String("CREATE UNIQUE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS `nicknames_hash` ON `nicknames`(`hash`)"));
 
 	// Note: A previous snapshot version created a table called 'hidden'
 	execQueryAndLogFailure(
diff --git a/src/mumble/Database.h b/src/mumble/Database.h
index 7de543405..5210d670e 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Database.h
+++ b/src/mumble/Database.h
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ public:
 
 	QString getUserLocalNickname(const QString &hash);
 	void setUserLocalNickname(const QString &hash, const QString &nickname);
-	
+
 	bool isChannelFiltered(const QByteArray &server_cert_digest, const int channel_id);
 	void setChannelFiltered(const QByteArray &server_cert_digest, const int channel_id, bool hidden);
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/EchoCancelOption.h b/src/mumble/EchoCancelOption.h
index 8cb63cfc7..f556b0e70 100644
--- a/src/mumble/EchoCancelOption.h
+++ b/src/mumble/EchoCancelOption.h
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@
 /// Each audio backend will determine which option is indeed available to that backend and
 /// to the specific device combination
 enum class EchoCancelOptionID {
-    DISABLED = 0,
-    SPEEX_MIXED = 1,
-    SPEEX_MULTICHANNEL = 2,
-    APPLE_AEC = 3  // Apple's Acoustic Echo Cancellation support for macOS and iOS.
+	DISABLED           = 0,
+	SPEEX_MIXED        = 1,
+	SPEEX_MULTICHANNEL = 2,
+	APPLE_AEC          = 3 // Apple's Acoustic Echo Cancellation support for macOS and iOS.
 };
 
 struct EchoCancelOption {
@@ -27,23 +27,19 @@ struct EchoCancelOption {
 
 // Please strictly follow the order of the EchoCancelOptionID when adding items to this array.
 static const EchoCancelOption echoCancelOptions[] = {
-	{ EchoCancelOptionID::DISABLED,
-	  QObject::tr("Disabled"),
-	  QObject::tr("Echo cancellation is disabled.") },
-	{ EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MIXED,
-	  QObject::tr("Mixed echo cancellation (speex)"),
+	{ EchoCancelOptionID::DISABLED, QObject::tr("Disabled"), QObject::tr("Echo cancellation is disabled.") },
+	{ EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MIXED, QObject::tr("Mixed echo cancellation (speex)"),
 	  QObject::tr("Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your "
-						 "speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone.") },
-	{ EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MULTICHANNEL,
-	  QObject::tr("Multichannel echo cancellation (speex)"),
+				  "speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone.") },
+	{ EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MULTICHANNEL, QObject::tr("Multichannel echo cancellation (speex)"),
 	  QObject::tr("Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo "
-								 "cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. "
-								 "Multichannel echo cancellation requires more CPU, so "
-								 "you should try mixed first.") },
+				  "cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. "
+				  "Multichannel echo cancellation requires more CPU, so "
+				  "you should try mixed first.") },
 	// Available only on Apple devices
-	{ EchoCancelOptionID::APPLE_AEC,
-	  QObject::tr("EXPERIMENTAL: Acoustic echo cancellation (Apple)."),
-	  QObject::tr("The support for this option is experimental only! This option works best when using built-in microphone and speaker.") }
+	{ EchoCancelOptionID::APPLE_AEC, QObject::tr("EXPERIMENTAL: Acoustic echo cancellation (Apple)."),
+	  QObject::tr("The support for this option is experimental only! This option works best when using built-in "
+				  "microphone and speaker.") }
 };
 
 #endif // MUMBLE_ECHOCANCELLATIONOPTION_H
diff --git a/src/mumble/GlobalShortcut.cpp b/src/mumble/GlobalShortcut.cpp
index 720a61a01..338be677e 100644
--- a/src/mumble/GlobalShortcut.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/GlobalShortcut.cpp
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
 #include "ClientUser.h"
 #include "Database.h"
 #include "MainWindow.h"
-#include "GlobalShortcutButtons.h"
 #include "Global.h"
+#include "GlobalShortcutButtons.h"
 
 #include <QtCore/QProcess>
 #include <QtCore/QSortFilterProxyModel>
diff --git a/src/mumble/GlobalShortcut_win.cpp b/src/mumble/GlobalShortcut_win.cpp
index 20bed0ddc..f061ed046 100644
--- a/src/mumble/GlobalShortcut_win.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/GlobalShortcut_win.cpp
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ GlobalShortcutWin::~GlobalShortcutWin() {
 
 void GlobalShortcutWin::run() {
 	if (HAS_FAILED(DirectInput8Create(GetModuleHandle(nullptr), DIRECTINPUT_VERSION, IID_IDirectInput8,
-								  reinterpret_cast< void ** >(&pDI), nullptr))) {
+									  reinterpret_cast< void ** >(&pDI), nullptr))) {
 		qFatal("GlobalShortcutWin: Failed to create d8input");
 		return;
 	}
diff --git a/src/mumble/JackAudio.cpp b/src/mumble/JackAudio.cpp
index 4207ad329..5b19ffb59 100644
--- a/src/mumble/JackAudio.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/JackAudio.cpp
@@ -392,7 +392,8 @@ bool JackAudioSystem::isOk() {
 }
 
 uint8_t JackAudioSystem::outPorts() {
-	return static_cast< uint8_t >(qBound< unsigned >(1, Global::get().s.qsJackAudioOutput.toUInt(), JACK_MAX_OUTPUT_PORTS));
+	return static_cast< uint8_t >(
+		qBound< unsigned >(1, Global::get().s.qsJackAudioOutput.toUInt(), JACK_MAX_OUTPUT_PORTS));
 }
 
 jack_nframes_t JackAudioSystem::sampleRate() {
diff --git a/src/mumble/LCD.cpp b/src/mumble/LCD.cpp
index a2248f0fe..e6323a917 100644
--- a/src/mumble/LCD.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/LCD.cpp
@@ -186,7 +186,8 @@ LCD::LCD() : QObject() {
 	connect(qtTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(tick()));
 
 	foreach (LCDDevice *d, devmgr.qlDevices) {
-		bool enabled = Global::get().s.qmLCDDevices.contains(d->name()) ? Global::get().s.qmLCDDevices.value(d->name()) : true;
+		bool enabled =
+			Global::get().s.qmLCDDevices.contains(d->name()) ? Global::get().s.qmLCDDevices.value(d->name()) : true;
 		d->setEnabled(enabled);
 	}
 	qiLogo = QIcon(QLatin1String("skin:mumble.svg")).pixmap(48, 48).toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_MonoLSB);
diff --git a/src/mumble/LegacyPlugin.cpp b/src/mumble/LegacyPlugin.cpp
index 420f3cf73..eaa4b5165 100644
--- a/src/mumble/LegacyPlugin.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/LegacyPlugin.cpp
@@ -6,27 +6,24 @@
 #include "LegacyPlugin.h"
 #include "MumblePlugin_v_1_0_x.h"
 
+#include <codecvt>
 #include <cstdlib>
-#include <wchar.h>
+#include <locale>
 #include <map>
 #include <string.h>
-#include <codecvt>
-#include <locale>
+#include <wchar.h>
 
 #include <QRegularExpression>
 
 
 /// A regular expression used to extract the version from the legacy plugin's description
-static const QRegularExpression versionRegEx(QString::fromLatin1("(?:v)?(?:ersion)?[ \\t]*(\\d+)\\.(\\d+)(?:\\.(\\d+))?"), QRegularExpression::CaseInsensitiveOption);
+static const QRegularExpression
+	versionRegEx(QString::fromLatin1("(?:v)?(?:ersion)?[ \\t]*(\\d+)\\.(\\d+)(?:\\.(\\d+))?"),
+				 QRegularExpression::CaseInsensitiveOption);
 
 
 LegacyPlugin::LegacyPlugin(QString path, bool isBuiltIn, QObject *p)
-	: Plugin(path, isBuiltIn, p),
-	  m_name(),
-	  m_description(),
-	  m_version(VERSION_UNKNOWN),
-	  m_mumPlug(0),
-	  m_mumPlug2(0),
+	: Plugin(path, isBuiltIn, p), m_name(), m_description(), m_version(VERSION_UNKNOWN), m_mumPlug(0), m_mumPlug2(0),
 	  m_mumPlugQt(0) {
 }
 
@@ -37,19 +34,19 @@ bool LegacyPlugin::doInitialize() {
 	if (Plugin::doInitialize()) {
 		// initialization seems to have succeeded so far
 		// This means that mumPlug is initialized
-		
+
 		m_name = QString::fromStdWString(m_mumPlug->shortname);
 		// Although the MumblePlugin struct has a member called "description", the actual description seems to
-		// always only be returned by the longdesc function (The description member is actually just the name with some version
-		// info)
+		// always only be returned by the longdesc function (The description member is actually just the name with some
+		// version info)
 		m_description = QString::fromStdWString(m_mumPlug->longdesc());
 		// The version field in the MumblePlugin2 struct is the positional-audio-plugin-API version and not the version
 		// of the plugin itself. This information is not provided for legacy plugins.
-		// Most of them however provide information about the version of the game they support. Thus we will try to parse the
-		// description and extract this version using it for the plugin's version as well.
-		// Some plugins have the version in the actual description field of the old API (see above comment why these aren't the same)
-		// so we will use a combination of both to search for the version. If multiple version(-like) strings are found, the last one
-		// will be used.
+		// Most of them however provide information about the version of the game they support. Thus we will try to
+		// parse the description and extract this version using it for the plugin's version as well. Some plugins have
+		// the version in the actual description field of the old API (see above comment why these aren't the same) so
+		// we will use a combination of both to search for the version. If multiple version(-like) strings are found,
+		// the last one will be used.
 		QString matchContent = m_description + QChar::Null + QString::fromStdWString(m_mumPlug->description);
 		QRegularExpressionMatchIterator matchIt = versionRegEx.globalMatch(matchContent);
 
@@ -61,7 +58,7 @@ bool LegacyPlugin::doInitialize() {
 
 		if (match.hasMatch()) {
 			// Store version
-			m_version = { match.captured(1).toInt(), match.captured(2).toInt(), match.captured(3).toInt() };	
+			m_version = { match.captured(1).toInt(), match.captured(2).toInt(), match.captured(3).toInt() };
 		}
 
 		return true;
@@ -84,9 +81,9 @@ void LegacyPlugin::resolveFunctionPointers() {
 
 		QWriteLocker lock(&m_pluginLock);
 
-		mumblePluginFunc pluginFunc = reinterpret_cast<mumblePluginFunc>(m_lib.resolve("getMumblePlugin"));	
-		mumblePlugin2Func plugin2Func = reinterpret_cast<mumblePlugin2Func>(m_lib.resolve("getMumblePlugin2"));	
-		mumblePluginQtFunc pluginQtFunc = reinterpret_cast<mumblePluginQtFunc>(m_lib.resolve("getMumblePluginQt"));	
+		mumblePluginFunc pluginFunc     = reinterpret_cast< mumblePluginFunc >(m_lib.resolve("getMumblePlugin"));
+		mumblePlugin2Func plugin2Func   = reinterpret_cast< mumblePlugin2Func >(m_lib.resolve("getMumblePlugin2"));
+		mumblePluginQtFunc pluginQtFunc = reinterpret_cast< mumblePluginQtFunc >(m_lib.resolve("getMumblePluginQt"));
 
 		if (pluginFunc) {
 			m_mumPlug = pluginFunc();
@@ -102,15 +99,16 @@ void LegacyPlugin::resolveFunctionPointers() {
 		// and the plugin has been compiled by the same compiler as this client (determined by the plugin's
 		// "magic") and it isn't retracted
 		bool suitableMagic = m_mumPlug && m_mumPlug->magic == MUMBLE_PLUGIN_MAGIC;
-		bool retracted = m_mumPlug && m_mumPlug->shortname == L"Retracted";
-		m_pluginIsValid = pluginFunc && suitableMagic && !retracted;
+		bool retracted     = m_mumPlug && m_mumPlug->shortname == L"Retracted";
+		m_pluginIsValid    = pluginFunc && suitableMagic && !retracted;
 
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_DEBUG
 		if (!m_pluginIsValid) {
 			if (!pluginFunc) {
 				qDebug("Plugin \"%s\" is missing the getMumblePlugin() function", qPrintable(m_pluginPath));
 			} else if (!suitableMagic) {
-				qDebug("Plugin \"%s\" was compiled with a different compiler (magic differs)", qPrintable(m_pluginPath));
+				qDebug("Plugin \"%s\" was compiled with a different compiler (magic differs)",
+					   qPrintable(m_pluginPath));
 			} else {
 				qDebug("Plugin \"%s\" is retracted", qPrintable(m_pluginPath));
 			}
@@ -138,7 +136,7 @@ QString LegacyPlugin::getName() const {
 		return m_name;
 	} else {
 		return QString::fromLatin1("<Unknown Legacy Plugin>");
-	}	
+	}
 }
 
 QString LegacyPlugin::getDescription() const {
@@ -185,18 +183,20 @@ bool LegacyPlugin::showConfigDialog(QWidget *parent) const {
 	return false;
 }
 
-uint8_t LegacyPlugin::initPositionalData(const char *const*programNames, const uint64_t *programPIDs, size_t programCount) {
+uint8_t LegacyPlugin::initPositionalData(const char *const *programNames, const uint64_t *programPIDs,
+										 size_t programCount) {
 	int retCode;
 
 	if (m_mumPlug2) {
 		// Create and populate a multimap holding the names and PIDs to pass to the tryLock-function
-		std::multimap<std::wstring, unsigned long long int> pidMap;
+		std::multimap< std::wstring, unsigned long long int > pidMap;
 
-		for (size_t i=0; i<programCount; i++) {
+		for (size_t i = 0; i < programCount; i++) {
 			std::string currentName = programNames[i];
-			std::wstring currentNameWstr = std::wstring_convert<std::codecvt_utf8<wchar_t>>().from_bytes(currentName);
+			std::wstring currentNameWstr =
+				std::wstring_convert< std::codecvt_utf8< wchar_t > >().from_bytes(currentName);
 
-			pidMap.insert(std::pair<std::wstring, unsigned long long int>(currentNameWstr, programPIDs[i]));
+			pidMap.insert(std::pair< std::wstring, unsigned long long int >(currentNameWstr, programPIDs[i]));
 		}
 
 		retCode = m_mumPlug2->trylock(pidMap);
@@ -220,15 +220,18 @@ uint8_t LegacyPlugin::initPositionalData(const char *const*programNames, const u
 	}
 }
 
-bool LegacyPlugin::fetchPositionalData(Position3D& avatarPos, Vector3D& avatarDir, Vector3D& avatarAxis, Position3D& cameraPos, Vector3D& cameraDir,
-		Vector3D& cameraAxis, QString& context, QString& identity) const {
+bool LegacyPlugin::fetchPositionalData(Position3D &avatarPos, Vector3D &avatarDir, Vector3D &avatarAxis,
+									   Position3D &cameraPos, Vector3D &cameraDir, Vector3D &cameraAxis,
+									   QString &context, QString &identity) const {
 	std::wstring identityWstr;
 	std::string contextStr;
 
-	int retCode = m_mumPlug->fetch(static_cast<float*>(avatarPos), static_cast<float*>(avatarDir), static_cast<float*>(avatarAxis),
-			static_cast<float*>(cameraPos), static_cast<float*>(cameraDir), static_cast<float*>(cameraAxis), contextStr, identityWstr);
+	int retCode = m_mumPlug->fetch(static_cast< float * >(avatarPos), static_cast< float * >(avatarDir),
+								   static_cast< float * >(avatarAxis), static_cast< float * >(cameraPos),
+								   static_cast< float * >(cameraDir), static_cast< float * >(cameraAxis), contextStr,
+								   identityWstr);
 
-	context = QString::fromStdString(contextStr);
+	context  = QString::fromStdString(contextStr);
 	identity = QString::fromStdWString(identityWstr);
 
 	// The fetch-function should return if it is "still locked on" meaning that it can continue providing
diff --git a/src/mumble/LegacyPlugin.h b/src/mumble/LegacyPlugin.h
index 250b624a0..8dd163c9b 100644
--- a/src/mumble/LegacyPlugin.h
+++ b/src/mumble/LegacyPlugin.h
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
 
 #include <QtCore/QString>
 
-#include <string>
 #include <memory>
+#include <string>
 
 #define MUMBLE_ALLOW_DEPRECATED_LEGACY_PLUGIN_API
 #include "mumble_legacy_plugin.h"
@@ -19,64 +19,67 @@
 class LegacyPlugin;
 
 /// Typedef for a LegacyPlugin pointer
-typedef std::shared_ptr<LegacyPlugin> legacy_plugin_ptr_t;
+typedef std::shared_ptr< LegacyPlugin > legacy_plugin_ptr_t;
 /// Typedef for a const LegacyPlugin pointer
-typedef std::shared_ptr<const LegacyPlugin> const_legacy_plugin_ptr_t;
+typedef std::shared_ptr< const LegacyPlugin > const_legacy_plugin_ptr_t;
 
 
 /// This class is meant for compatibility for old Mumble "plugins" that stem from before the plugin framework has been
 /// introduced. Thus the "plugins" represented by this class are for positional data gathering only.
 class LegacyPlugin : public Plugin {
 	friend class Plugin; // needed in order for Plugin::createNew to access LegacyPlugin::doInitialize()
-	private:
-		Q_OBJECT
-		Q_DISABLE_COPY(LegacyPlugin)
-
-	protected:
-		/// The name of the "plugin"
-		QString m_name;
-		/// The description of the "plugin"
-		QString m_description;
-		/// The Version of the "plugin"
-		mumble_version_t m_version;
-		/// A pointer to the PluginStruct in its initial version. After initialization this
-		/// field is effectively const and therefore it is not needed to protect read-access by a lock.
-		MumblePlugin *m_mumPlug;
-		/// A pointer to the PluginStruct in its second, enhanced version. After initialization this
-		/// field is effectively const and therefore it is not needed to protect read-access by a lock.
-		MumblePlugin2 *m_mumPlug2;
-		/// A pointer to the PluginStruct that encorporates Qt functionality. After initialization this
-		/// field is effectively const and therefore it is not needed to protect read-access by a lock.
-		MumblePluginQt *m_mumPlugQt;
-
-		virtual void resolveFunctionPointers() override;
-		virtual bool doInitialize() override;
-
-		LegacyPlugin(QString path, bool isBuiltIn = false, QObject *p = 0);
-
-		virtual bool showAboutDialog(QWidget *parent) const override;
-		virtual bool showConfigDialog(QWidget *parent) const override;
-		virtual uint8_t initPositionalData(const char *const*programNames, const uint64_t *programPIDs, size_t programCount) override;
-		virtual bool fetchPositionalData(Position3D& avatarPos, Vector3D& avatarDir, Vector3D& avatarAxis, Position3D& cameraPos, Vector3D& cameraDir,
-				Vector3D& cameraAxis, QString& context, QString& identity) const override;
-		virtual void shutdownPositionalData() override;
-	public:
-		virtual ~LegacyPlugin() override;
-
-		virtual mumble_error_t init() override;
-
-		// functions for direct plugin-interaction
-		virtual QString getName() const override;
-
-		virtual QString getDescription() const override;
-		virtual uint32_t getFeatures() const override;
-		virtual mumble_version_t getAPIVersion() const override;
-
-		virtual mumble_version_t getVersion() const override;
-
-		// functions for checking which underlying plugin functions are implemented
-		virtual bool providesAboutDialog() const override;
-		virtual bool providesConfigDialog() const override;
+private:
+	Q_OBJECT
+	Q_DISABLE_COPY(LegacyPlugin)
+
+protected:
+	/// The name of the "plugin"
+	QString m_name;
+	/// The description of the "plugin"
+	QString m_description;
+	/// The Version of the "plugin"
+	mumble_version_t m_version;
+	/// A pointer to the PluginStruct in its initial version. After initialization this
+	/// field is effectively const and therefore it is not needed to protect read-access by a lock.
+	MumblePlugin *m_mumPlug;
+	/// A pointer to the PluginStruct in its second, enhanced version. After initialization this
+	/// field is effectively const and therefore it is not needed to protect read-access by a lock.
+	MumblePlugin2 *m_mumPlug2;
+	/// A pointer to the PluginStruct that encorporates Qt functionality. After initialization this
+	/// field is effectively const and therefore it is not needed to protect read-access by a lock.
+	MumblePluginQt *m_mumPlugQt;
+
+	virtual void resolveFunctionPointers() override;
+	virtual bool doInitialize() override;
+
+	LegacyPlugin(QString path, bool isBuiltIn = false, QObject *p = 0);
+
+	virtual bool showAboutDialog(QWidget *parent) const override;
+	virtual bool showConfigDialog(QWidget *parent) const override;
+	virtual uint8_t initPositionalData(const char *const *programNames, const uint64_t *programPIDs,
+									   size_t programCount) override;
+	virtual bool fetchPositionalData(Position3D &avatarPos, Vector3D &avatarDir, Vector3D &avatarAxis,
+									 Position3D &cameraPos, Vector3D &cameraDir, Vector3D &cameraAxis, QString &context,
+									 QString &identity) const override;
+	virtual void shutdownPositionalData() override;
+
+public:
+	virtual ~LegacyPlugin() override;
+
+	virtual mumble_error_t init() override;
+
+	// functions for direct plugin-interaction
+	virtual QString getName() const override;
+
+	virtual QString getDescription() const override;
+	virtual uint32_t getFeatures() const override;
+	virtual mumble_version_t getAPIVersion() const override;
+
+	virtual mumble_version_t getVersion() const override;
+
+	// functions for checking which underlying plugin functions are implemented
+	virtual bool providesAboutDialog() const override;
+	virtual bool providesConfigDialog() const override;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/mumble/Log.cpp b/src/mumble/Log.cpp
index 5a2b14edc..2f3e05562 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Log.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/Log.cpp
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ QVector< LogMessage > Log::qvDeferredLogs;
 
 
 Log::Log(QObject *p) : QObject(p) {
-	qRegisterMetaType<Log::MsgType>();
+	qRegisterMetaType< Log::MsgType >();
 
 #ifndef USE_NO_TTS
 	tts = new TextToSpeech(this);
@@ -687,7 +687,8 @@ void Log::log(MsgType mt, const QString &console, const QString &terse, bool own
 			tc.insertBlock();
 		}
 
-		const QString timeString = dt.time().toString(QLatin1String(Global::get().s.bLog24HourClock ? "HH:mm:ss" : "hh:mm:ss AP"));
+		const QString timeString =
+			dt.time().toString(QLatin1String(Global::get().s.bLog24HourClock ? "HH:mm:ss" : "hh:mm:ss AP"));
 		tc.insertHtml(Log::msgColor(QString::fromLatin1("[%1] ").arg(timeString.toHtmlEscaped()), Log::Time));
 
 		validHtml(console, &tc);
diff --git a/src/mumble/LookConfig.cpp b/src/mumble/LookConfig.cpp
index 53afa73ae..1683f0e4f 100644
--- a/src/mumble/LookConfig.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/LookConfig.cpp
@@ -271,7 +271,8 @@ void LookConfig::save() const {
 }
 
 void LookConfig::accept() const {
-	Global::get().mw->setShowDockTitleBars((Global::get().s.wlWindowLayout == Settings::LayoutCustom) && !Global::get().s.bLockLayout);
+	Global::get().mw->setShowDockTitleBars((Global::get().s.wlWindowLayout == Settings::LayoutCustom)
+										   && !Global::get().s.bLockLayout);
 }
 
 void LookConfig::themeDirectoryChanged() {
diff --git a/src/mumble/MainWindow.cpp b/src/mumble/MainWindow.cpp
index f2718f0a3..d4698d00d 100644
--- a/src/mumble/MainWindow.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/MainWindow.cpp
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
 #include "ChannelListener.h"
 #include "ListenerLocalVolumeDialog.h"
 #include "Markdown.h"
-#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "PTTButtonWidget.h"
+#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "RichTextEditor.h"
 #include "SSLCipherInfo.h"
 #include "Screen.h"
@@ -186,7 +186,8 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *p) : QMainWindow(p) {
 			 || (Global::get().s.bMinimalView && Global::get().s.aotbAlwaysOnTop == Settings::OnTopInMinimal)
 			 || (!Global::get().s.bMinimalView && Global::get().s.aotbAlwaysOnTop == Settings::OnTopInNormal));
 
-	QObject::connect(this, &MainWindow::serverSynchronized, Global::get().pluginManager, &PluginManager::on_serverSynchronized);
+	QObject::connect(this, &MainWindow::serverSynchronized, Global::get().pluginManager,
+					 &PluginManager::on_serverSynchronized);
 }
 
 void MainWindow::createActions() {
@@ -318,14 +319,16 @@ void MainWindow::setupGui() {
 		this, &MainWindow::userRemovedChannelListener, pmModel,
 		static_cast< void (UserModel::*)(const ClientUser *, const Channel *) >(&UserModel::removeChannelListener));
 	QObject::connect(&ChannelListener::get(), &ChannelListener::localVolumeAdjustmentsChanged, pmModel,
-			&UserModel::on_channelListenerLocalVolumeAdjustmentChanged);
+					 &UserModel::on_channelListenerLocalVolumeAdjustmentChanged);
 
 	// connect slots to PluginManager
 	QObject::connect(pmModel, &UserModel::userAdded, Global::get().pluginManager, &PluginManager::on_userAdded);
 	QObject::connect(pmModel, &UserModel::userRemoved, Global::get().pluginManager, &PluginManager::on_userRemoved);
 	QObject::connect(pmModel, &UserModel::channelAdded, Global::get().pluginManager, &PluginManager::on_channelAdded);
-	QObject::connect(pmModel, &UserModel::channelRemoved, Global::get().pluginManager, &PluginManager::on_channelRemoved);
-	QObject::connect(pmModel, &UserModel::channelRenamed, Global::get().pluginManager, &PluginManager::on_channelRenamed);
+	QObject::connect(pmModel, &UserModel::channelRemoved, Global::get().pluginManager,
+					 &PluginManager::on_channelRemoved);
+	QObject::connect(pmModel, &UserModel::channelRenamed, Global::get().pluginManager,
+					 &PluginManager::on_channelRenamed);
 
 	qaAudioMute->setChecked(Global::get().s.bMute);
 	qaAudioDeaf->setChecked(Global::get().s.bDeaf);
@@ -758,7 +761,7 @@ void MainWindow::on_qtvUsers_customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &mpos, bool
 		qtvUsers->setCurrentIndex(idx);
 	}
 
-	ClientUser *p = pmModel->getUser(idx);
+	ClientUser *p    = pmModel->getUser(idx);
 	Channel *channel = pmModel->getChannel(idx);
 
 	qpContextPosition = mpos;
@@ -906,25 +909,27 @@ static void recreateServerHandler() {
 	Global::get().sh = sh;
 	Global::get().mw->connect(sh.get(), SIGNAL(connected()), Global::get().mw, SLOT(serverConnected()));
 	Global::get().mw->connect(sh.get(), SIGNAL(disconnected(QAbstractSocket::SocketError, QString)), Global::get().mw,
-				  SLOT(serverDisconnected(QAbstractSocket::SocketError, QString)));
+							  SLOT(serverDisconnected(QAbstractSocket::SocketError, QString)));
 	Global::get().mw->connect(sh.get(), SIGNAL(error(QAbstractSocket::SocketError, QString)), Global::get().mw,
-				  SLOT(resolverError(QAbstractSocket::SocketError, QString)));
+							  SLOT(resolverError(QAbstractSocket::SocketError, QString)));
 
-	QObject::connect(sh.get(), &ServerHandler::disconnected, Global::get().talkingUI, &TalkingUI::on_serverDisconnected);
+	QObject::connect(sh.get(), &ServerHandler::disconnected, Global::get().talkingUI,
+					 &TalkingUI::on_serverDisconnected);
 
 	// We have to use direct connections for these here as the PluginManager must be able to access the connection's ID
 	// and in order for that to be possible the (dis)connection process must not proceed in the background.
 	Global::get().pluginManager->connect(sh.get(), &ServerHandler::connected, Global::get().pluginManager,
-			&PluginManager::on_serverConnected, Qt::DirectConnection);
+										 &PluginManager::on_serverConnected, Qt::DirectConnection);
 	// We connect the plugin manager to "aboutToDisconnect" instead of "disconnect" in order for the slot to be
 	// guaranteed to be completed *before* the acutal disconnect logic (e.g. MainWindow::serverDisconnected) kicks in.
 	// In order for that to work it is ESSENTIAL to use a DIRECT CONNECTION!
 	Global::get().pluginManager->connect(sh.get(), &ServerHandler::aboutToDisconnect, Global::get().pluginManager,
-			&PluginManager::on_serverDisconnected, Qt::DirectConnection);
+										 &PluginManager::on_serverDisconnected, Qt::DirectConnection);
 }
 
 void MainWindow::openUrl(const QUrl &url) {
-	Global::get().l->log(Log::Information, tr("Opening URL %1").arg(url.toString(QUrl::RemovePassword).toHtmlEscaped()));
+	Global::get().l->log(Log::Information,
+						 tr("Opening URL %1").arg(url.toString(QUrl::RemovePassword).toHtmlEscaped()));
 	if (url.scheme() == QLatin1String("file")) {
 		QFile f(url.toLocalFile());
 		if (!f.exists() || !f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
@@ -966,26 +971,27 @@ void MainWindow::openUrl(const QUrl &url) {
 	if (version.size() > 0) {
 		if (!MumbleVersion::get(&major, &minor, &patch, version)) {
 			// The version format is invalid
-			Global::get().l->log(Log::Warning, QObject::tr("The provided URL uses an invalid version format: \"%1\"").arg(version));
+			Global::get().l->log(Log::Warning,
+								 QObject::tr("The provided URL uses an invalid version format: \"%1\"").arg(version));
 			return;
 		}
 	}
 
 	// We can't handle URLs for versions < 1.2.0
-	const int minMajor = 1;
-	const int minMinor = 2;
-	const int minPatch = 0;
+	const int minMajor   = 1;
+	const int minMinor   = 2;
+	const int minPatch   = 0;
 	const bool isPre_120 = major < minMajor || (major == minMajor && minor < minMinor)
-		|| (major == minMajor && minor == minMinor && patch < minPatch);
+						   || (major == minMajor && minor == minMinor && patch < minPatch);
 	// We also can't handle URLs for versions newer than the running Mumble instance
-	const bool isFuture  = major > thismajor || (major == thismajor && minor > thisminor)
-		|| (major == thismajor && minor == thisminor && patch > thispatch);
+	const bool isFuture = major > thismajor || (major == thismajor && minor > thisminor)
+						  || (major == thismajor && minor == thisminor && patch > thispatch);
 
 	if (isPre_120 || isFuture) {
 		Global::get().l->log(Log::Warning, tr("This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3")
-								   .arg(major)
-								   .arg(minor)
-								   .arg(patch));
+											   .arg(major)
+											   .arg(minor)
+											   .arg(patch));
 		return;
 	}
 
@@ -1029,10 +1035,11 @@ void MainWindow::openUrl(const QUrl &url) {
 	recreateServerHandler();
 
 	Global::get().s.qsLastServer = name;
-	rtLast           = MumbleProto::Reject_RejectType_None;
-	bRetryServer     = true;
+	rtLast                       = MumbleProto::Reject_RejectType_None;
+	bRetryServer                 = true;
 	qaServerDisconnect->setEnabled(true);
-	Global::get().l->log(Log::Information, tr("Connecting to server %1.").arg(Log::msgColor(host.toHtmlEscaped(), Log::Server)));
+	Global::get().l->log(Log::Information,
+						 tr("Connecting to server %1.").arg(Log::msgColor(host.toHtmlEscaped(), Log::Server)));
 	Global::get().sh->setConnectionInfo(host, port, user, pw);
 	Global::get().sh->start(QThread::TimeCriticalPriority);
 }
@@ -1254,8 +1261,9 @@ void MainWindow::on_qaServerConnect_triggered(bool autoconnect) {
 		rtLast           = MumbleProto::Reject_RejectType_None;
 		bRetryServer     = true;
 		qaServerDisconnect->setEnabled(true);
-		Global::get().l->log(Log::Information,
-				 tr("Connecting to server %1.").arg(Log::msgColor(cd->qsServer.toHtmlEscaped(), Log::Server)));
+		Global::get().l->log(
+			Log::Information,
+			tr("Connecting to server %1.").arg(Log::msgColor(cd->qsServer.toHtmlEscaped(), Log::Server)));
 		Global::get().sh->setConnectionInfo(cd->qsServer, cd->usPort, cd->qsUsername, cd->qsPassword);
 		Global::get().sh->start(QThread::TimeCriticalPriority);
 	}
@@ -1585,10 +1593,12 @@ void MainWindow::qmUser_aboutToShow() {
 			qaUserTextureReset->setEnabled(!p->qbaTextureHash.isEmpty()
 										   && (Global::get().pPermissions & (ChanACL::Move | ChanACL::Write)));
 		} else {
-			qaUserCommentReset->setEnabled(!p->qbaCommentHash.isEmpty()
-										   && (Global::get().pPermissions & (ChanACL::ResetUserContent | ChanACL::Write)));
-			qaUserTextureReset->setEnabled(!p->qbaTextureHash.isEmpty()
-										   && (Global::get().pPermissions & (ChanACL::ResetUserContent | ChanACL::Write)));
+			qaUserCommentReset->setEnabled(
+				!p->qbaCommentHash.isEmpty()
+				&& (Global::get().pPermissions & (ChanACL::ResetUserContent | ChanACL::Write)));
+			qaUserTextureReset->setEnabled(
+				!p->qbaTextureHash.isEmpty()
+				&& (Global::get().pPermissions & (ChanACL::ResetUserContent | ChanACL::Write)));
 		}
 		qaUserCommentView->setEnabled(!p->qbaCommentHash.isEmpty());
 
@@ -1868,8 +1878,9 @@ void MainWindow::openTextMessageDialog(ClientUser *p) {
 
 		if (!msg.isEmpty()) {
 			Global::get().sh->sendUserTextMessage(p->uiSession, msg);
-			Global::get().l->log(Log::TextMessage, tr("To %1: %2").arg(Log::formatClientUser(p, Log::Target), texm->message()),
-					 tr("Message to %1").arg(p->qsName), true);
+			Global::get().l->log(Log::TextMessage,
+								 tr("To %1: %2").arg(Log::formatClientUser(p, Log::Target), texm->message()),
+								 tr("Message to %1").arg(p->qsName), true);
 		}
 	}
 	delete texm;
@@ -1995,12 +2006,12 @@ void MainWindow::sendChatbarMessage(QString qsMessage) {
 
 		Global::get().sh->sendChannelTextMessage(c->iId, qsMessage, false);
 		Global::get().l->log(Log::TextMessage, tr("To %1: %2").arg(Log::formatChannel(c), qsMessage),
-				 tr("Message to channel %1").arg(c->qsName), true);
+							 tr("Message to channel %1").arg(c->qsName), true);
 	} else {
 		// User message
 		Global::get().sh->sendUserTextMessage(p->uiSession, qsMessage);
 		Global::get().l->log(Log::TextMessage, tr("To %1: %2").arg(Log::formatClientUser(p, Log::Target), qsMessage),
-				 tr("Message to %1").arg(p->qsName), true);
+							 tr("Message to %1").arg(p->qsName), true);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -2305,10 +2316,10 @@ void MainWindow::on_qaChannelSendMessage_triggered() {
 
 		if (texm->bTreeMessage)
 			Global::get().l->log(Log::TextMessage, tr("To %1 (Tree): %2").arg(Log::formatChannel(c), texm->message()),
-					 tr("Message to tree %1").arg(c->qsName), true);
+								 tr("Message to tree %1").arg(c->qsName), true);
 		else
 			Global::get().l->log(Log::TextMessage, tr("To %1: %2").arg(Log::formatChannel(c), texm->message()),
-					 tr("Message to channel %1").arg(c->qsName), true);
+								 tr("Message to channel %1").arg(c->qsName), true);
 	}
 	delete texm;
 }
@@ -2458,7 +2469,8 @@ void MainWindow::userStateChanged() {
 		case Settings::Shouting:
 			Global::get().bAttenuateOthers = Global::get().s.bAttenuateOthersOnTalk;
 
-			Global::get().prioritySpeakerActiveOverride = Global::get().s.bAttenuateUsersOnPrioritySpeak && user->bPrioritySpeaker;
+			Global::get().prioritySpeakerActiveOverride =
+				Global::get().s.bAttenuateUsersOnPrioritySpeak && user->bPrioritySpeaker;
 
 			break;
 		case Settings::Passive:
@@ -2536,8 +2548,8 @@ void MainWindow::on_qaAudioDeaf_triggered() {
 	Global::get().s.bDeaf = qaAudioDeaf->isChecked();
 
 	if (Global::get().s.bDeaf && !Global::get().s.bMute) {
-		bAutoUnmute = true;
-		Global::get().s.bMute   = true;
+		bAutoUnmute           = true;
+		Global::get().s.bMute = true;
 		qaAudioMute->setChecked(true);
 		Global::get().l->log(Log::SelfDeaf, tr("Muted and deafened."));
 	} else if (Global::get().s.bDeaf) {
@@ -3028,7 +3040,7 @@ void MainWindow::on_gsSendTextMessage_triggered(bool down, QVariant scdata) {
 	Channel *c = ClientUser::get(Global::get().uiSession)->cChannel;
 	Global::get().sh->sendChannelTextMessage(c->iId, qsText, false);
 	Global::get().l->log(Log::TextMessage, tr("To %1: %2").arg(Log::formatChannel(c), qsText),
-			 tr("Message to channel %1").arg(c->qsName), true);
+						 tr("Message to channel %1").arg(c->qsName), true);
 }
 
 void MainWindow::on_gsSendClipboardTextMessage_triggered(bool down, QVariant) {
@@ -3053,8 +3065,7 @@ void MainWindow::whisperReleased(QVariant scdata) {
 	updateTarget();
 }
 
-void MainWindow::onResetAudio()
-{
+void MainWindow::onResetAudio() {
 	qWarning("MainWindow: Start audio reset");
 	Audio::stop();
 	Audio::start();
@@ -3260,7 +3271,8 @@ void MainWindow::serverDisconnected(QAbstractSocket::SocketError err, QString re
 					vc.exec();
 					continue;
 				} else if (res == QMessageBox::Yes) {
-					Global::get().db->setDigest(host, port, QString::fromLatin1(c.digest(QCryptographicHash::Sha1).toHex()));
+					Global::get().db->setDigest(host, port,
+												QString::fromLatin1(c.digest(QCryptographicHash::Sha1).toHex()));
 					qaServerDisconnect->setEnabled(true);
 					on_Reconnect_timeout();
 				}
@@ -3277,7 +3289,8 @@ void MainWindow::serverDisconnected(QAbstractSocket::SocketError err, QString re
 
 
 		if (!reason.isEmpty()) {
-			Global::get().l->log(Log::ServerDisconnected, tr("Server connection failed: %1.").arg(reason.toHtmlEscaped()));
+			Global::get().l->log(Log::ServerDisconnected,
+								 tr("Server connection failed: %1.").arg(reason.toHtmlEscaped()));
 		} else {
 			Global::get().l->log(Log::ServerDisconnected, tr("Disconnected from server."));
 		}
@@ -3587,11 +3600,12 @@ QPair< QByteArray, QImage > MainWindow::openImageFile() {
 }
 
 void MainWindow::logChangeNotPermanent(const QString &actionName, ClientUser *const p) const {
-	Global::get().l->log(Log::Warning,
-			 QObject::tr(
-				 "\"%1\" could not be saved permanently and is lost on restart because %2 does not have a certificate.")
-				 .arg(actionName)
-				 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(p, Log::Target)));
+	Global::get().l->log(
+		Log::Warning,
+		QObject::tr(
+			"\"%1\" could not be saved permanently and is lost on restart because %2 does not have a certificate.")
+			.arg(actionName)
+			.arg(Log::formatClientUser(p, Log::Target)));
 }
 
 void MainWindow::destroyUserInformation() {
diff --git a/src/mumble/MainWindow.h b/src/mumble/MainWindow.h
index 20c8a3000..f29064831 100644
--- a/src/mumble/MainWindow.h
+++ b/src/mumble/MainWindow.h
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
 #include "Message.h"
 #include "Mumble.pb.h"
 #include "Usage.h"
-#include "UserLocalVolumeDialog.h"
 #include "UserLocalNicknameDialog.h"
+#include "UserLocalVolumeDialog.h"
 
 #include "ui_MainWindow.h"
 
@@ -81,7 +81,8 @@ public:
 	GlobalShortcut *gsToggleOverlay;
 #endif
 	GlobalShortcut *gsMinimal, *gsVolumeUp, *gsVolumeDown, *gsWhisper, *gsLinkChannel;
-	GlobalShortcut *gsCycleTransmitMode, *gsToggleMainWindowVisibility, *gsTransmitModePushToTalk, *gsTransmitModeContinuous, *gsTransmitModeVAD;
+	GlobalShortcut *gsCycleTransmitMode, *gsToggleMainWindowVisibility, *gsTransmitModePushToTalk,
+		*gsTransmitModeContinuous, *gsTransmitModeVAD;
 	GlobalShortcut *gsSendTextMessage, *gsSendClipboardTextMessage;
 	DockTitleBar *dtbLogDockTitle, *dtbChatDockTitle;
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/ManualPlugin.cpp b/src/mumble/ManualPlugin.cpp
index e4ea84336..b90aefe9f 100644
--- a/src/mumble/ManualPlugin.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/ManualPlugin.cpp
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
 
 #include <QPointer>
 
-#include <float.h>
 #include <cmath>
+#include <float.h>
 
 #define MUMBLE_ALLOW_DEPRECATED_LEGACY_PLUGIN_API
 #include "../../plugins/mumble_legacy_plugin.h"
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ void Manual::on_qpbActivated_clicked(bool b) {
 }
 
 void Manual::on_qdsbX_valueChanged(double d) {
-	my.avatar_pos[0] = my.camera_pos[0] = static_cast<float>(d);
+	my.avatar_pos[0] = my.camera_pos[0] = static_cast< float >(d);
 	m_qgiPosition->setPos(my.avatar_pos[0], -my.avatar_pos[2]);
 }
 
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ void Manual::on_qdsbY_valueChanged(double d) {
 }
 
 void Manual::on_qdsbZ_valueChanged(double d) {
-	my.avatar_pos[2] = my.camera_pos[2] = static_cast<float>(d);
+	my.avatar_pos[2] = my.camera_pos[2] = static_cast< float >(d);
 	m_qgiPosition->setPos(my.avatar_pos[0], -my.avatar_pos[2]);
 }
 
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ void Manual::on_speakerPositionUpdate(QHash< unsigned int, Position2D > position
 
 		const float speakerRadius  = 1.2;
 		QGraphicsItem *speakerItem = m_qgsScene->addEllipse(-speakerRadius, -speakerRadius, 2 * speakerRadius,
-														  2 * speakerRadius, QPen(), QBrush(Qt::red));
+															2 * speakerRadius, QPen(), QBrush(Qt::red));
 
 		Position2D pos = remainingIt.value();
 
@@ -427,6 +427,6 @@ ManualPlugin::~ManualPlugin() {
 }
 
 void ManualPlugin::resolveFunctionPointers() {
-	m_mumPlug = &manual;
+	m_mumPlug   = &manual;
 	m_mumPlugQt = &manualqt;
 }
diff --git a/src/mumble/ManualPlugin.h b/src/mumble/ManualPlugin.h
index dbeee0d31..64a36f615 100644
--- a/src/mumble/ManualPlugin.h
+++ b/src/mumble/ManualPlugin.h
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
 #include <QtWidgets/QGraphicsItem>
 #include <QtWidgets/QGraphicsScene>
 
-#include "ui_ManualPlugin.h"
 #include "LegacyPlugin.h"
+#include "ui_ManualPlugin.h"
 
 #include <atomic>
 #include <chrono>
@@ -86,16 +86,16 @@ MumblePluginQt *ManualPlugin_getMumblePluginQt();
 /// A built-in "plugin" for positional data gatherig allowing for manually placing the "players" in a UI
 class ManualPlugin : public LegacyPlugin {
 	friend class Plugin; // needed in order for Plugin::createNew to access LegacyPlugin::doInitialize()
-	private:
-		Q_OBJECT
-		Q_DISABLE_COPY(ManualPlugin)
-	
-	protected:
-		virtual void resolveFunctionPointers() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
-		ManualPlugin(QObject *p = nullptr);
-	
-	public:
-		virtual ~ManualPlugin() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
+private:
+	Q_OBJECT
+	Q_DISABLE_COPY(ManualPlugin)
+
+protected:
+	virtual void resolveFunctionPointers() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
+	ManualPlugin(QObject *p = nullptr);
+
+public:
+	virtual ~ManualPlugin() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/mumble/Messages.cpp b/src/mumble/Messages.cpp
index 729085f5e..34018abe4 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Messages.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/Messages.cpp
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
 #	include "Overlay.h"
 #endif
 #include "ChannelListener.h"
+#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "ServerHandler.h"
 #include "TalkingUI.h"
 #include "User.h"
@@ -34,7 +35,6 @@
 #include "VersionCheck.h"
 #include "ViewCert.h"
 #include "crypto/CryptState.h"
-#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "Global.h"
 
 #include <QTextDocumentFragment>
@@ -52,11 +52,11 @@
 		return;                                                                    \
 	}
 
-#define SELF_INIT                                                                           \
+#define SELF_INIT                                                                                       \
 	ClientUser *pSelf = ClientUser::get(Global::get().uiSession);                                       \
-	if (!pSelf) {                                                                           \
+	if (!pSelf) {                                                                                       \
 		qWarning("MainWindow: Received message outside of session (sid %d).", Global::get().uiSession); \
-		return;                                                                             \
+		return;                                                                                         \
 	}
 
 /// The authenticate message is being used by the client to send the authentication credentials to the server. Therefore
@@ -198,12 +198,13 @@ void MainWindow::msgServerSync(const MumbleProto::ServerSync &msg) {
 	{
 		// Since we are only loading the adjustments from the database, we don't really want to consider the adjustments
 		// to have "changed" by this action. Furthermore we are setting the volume adjustments before the listeners
-		// officially exist. Therefore some code that would receive the change-event would try to get the respective listener
-		// and fail due to it not existing yet.
-		// Therefore we block all signals while setting the volume adjustments.
+		// officially exist. Therefore some code that would receive the change-event would try to get the respective
+		// listener and fail due to it not existing yet. Therefore we block all signals while setting the volume
+		// adjustments.
 		const QSignalBlocker blocker(ChannelListener::get());
 
-		QHash< int, float > volumeMap = Global::get().db->getChannelListenerLocalVolumeAdjustments(Global::get().sh->qbaDigest);
+		QHash< int, float > volumeMap =
+			Global::get().db->getChannelListenerLocalVolumeAdjustments(Global::get().sh->qbaDigest);
 		QHashIterator< int, float > it(volumeMap);
 		while (it.hasNext()) {
 			it.next();
@@ -265,13 +266,13 @@ void MainWindow::msgPermissionDenied(const MumbleProto::PermissionDenied &msg) {
 			} else {
 				if (pDst == pSelf)
 					Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied, tr("You were denied %1 privileges in %2.")
-														.arg(Log::msgColor(pname, Log::Privilege))
-														.arg(Log::formatChannel(c)));
+																	.arg(Log::msgColor(pname, Log::Privilege))
+																	.arg(Log::formatChannel(c)));
 				else
 					Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied, tr("%3 was denied %1 privileges in %2.")
-														.arg(Log::msgColor(pname, Log::Privilege))
-														.arg(Log::formatChannel(c))
-														.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+																	.arg(Log::msgColor(pname, Log::Privilege))
+																	.arg(Log::formatChannel(c))
+																	.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 			}
 		} break;
 		case MumbleProto::PermissionDenied_DenyType_SuperUser: {
@@ -285,14 +286,15 @@ void MainWindow::msgPermissionDenied(const MumbleProto::PermissionDenied &msg) {
 		} break;
 		case MumbleProto::PermissionDenied_DenyType_H9K: {
 			if (Global::get().bHappyEaster) {
-				bool bold                             = Global::get().s.bDeaf;
-				bool bold2                            = Global::get().s.bTTS;
-				Global::get().s.bDeaf                             = false;
-				Global::get().s.bTTS                              = true;
-				quint32 oflags                        = Global::get().s.qmMessages.value(Log::PermissionDenied);
-				Global::get().s.qmMessages[Log::PermissionDenied] = (oflags | Settings::LogTTS) & (~Settings::LogSoundfile);
-				Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied,
-						 QString::fromUtf8(Global::get().ccHappyEaster + 39).arg(Global::get().s.qsUsername.toHtmlEscaped()));
+				bool bold             = Global::get().s.bDeaf;
+				bool bold2            = Global::get().s.bTTS;
+				Global::get().s.bDeaf = false;
+				Global::get().s.bTTS  = true;
+				quint32 oflags        = Global::get().s.qmMessages.value(Log::PermissionDenied);
+				Global::get().s.qmMessages[Log::PermissionDenied] =
+					(oflags | Settings::LogTTS) & (~Settings::LogSoundfile);
+				Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied, QString::fromUtf8(Global::get().ccHappyEaster + 39)
+																.arg(Global::get().s.qsUsername.toHtmlEscaped()));
 				Global::get().s.qmMessages[Log::PermissionDenied] = oflags;
 				Global::get().s.bDeaf                             = bold;
 				Global::get().s.bTTS                              = bold2;
@@ -310,12 +312,14 @@ void MainWindow::msgPermissionDenied(const MumbleProto::PermissionDenied &msg) {
 			if (pDst == pSelf)
 				Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied, tr("You need a certificate to perform this operation."));
 			else
-				Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied,
-						 tr("%1 does not have a certificate.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+				Global::get().l->log(
+					Log::PermissionDenied,
+					tr("%1 does not have a certificate.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 		} break;
 		case MumbleProto::PermissionDenied_DenyType_UserName: {
 			if (msg.has_name())
-				Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied, tr("Invalid username: %1.").arg(u8(msg.name()).toHtmlEscaped()));
+				Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied,
+									 tr("Invalid username: %1.").arg(u8(msg.name()).toHtmlEscaped()));
 			else
 				Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied, tr("Invalid username."));
 		} break;
@@ -327,14 +331,14 @@ void MainWindow::msgPermissionDenied(const MumbleProto::PermissionDenied &msg) {
 		} break;
 		case MumbleProto::PermissionDenied_DenyType_ChannelCountLimit: {
 			Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied,
-					 tr("Channel count limit reached. Need to delete channels before creating new ones."));
+								 tr("Channel count limit reached. Need to delete channels before creating new ones."));
 		} break;
 		case MumbleProto::PermissionDenied_DenyType_ChannelListenerLimit: {
 			Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied, tr("No more listeners allowed in this channel."));
 		} break;
 		case MumbleProto::PermissionDenied_DenyType_UserListenerLimit: {
 			Global::get().l->log(Log::PermissionDenied,
-					 tr("You are not allowed to listen to more channels than you currently are."));
+								 tr("You are not allowed to listen to more channels than you currently are."));
 		} break;
 		default: {
 			if (msg.has_reason())
@@ -390,8 +394,9 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserState(const MumbleProto::UserState &msg) {
 
 		if (pSelf) {
 			if (pDst->cChannel == pSelf->cChannel) {
-				Global::get().l->log(Log::ChannelJoinConnect,
-						 tr("%1 connected and entered channel.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Source)));
+				Global::get().l->log(
+					Log::ChannelJoinConnect,
+					tr("%1 connected and entered channel.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Source)));
 			} else {
 				Global::get().l->log(Log::UserJoin, tr("%1 connected.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Source)));
 			}
@@ -421,49 +426,53 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserState(const MumbleProto::UserState &msg) {
 
 				if (pDst == pSelf) {
 					if (pSrc == pSelf) {
-						Global::get().l->log(Log::SelfChannelJoin, tr("You joined %1.").arg(Log::formatChannel(channel)));
+						Global::get().l->log(Log::SelfChannelJoin,
+											 tr("You joined %1.").arg(Log::formatChannel(channel)));
 					} else {
-						Global::get().l->log(Log::SelfChannelJoinOther, tr("You were moved to %1 by %2.")
-																.arg(Log::formatChannel(channel))
-																.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+						Global::get().l->log(Log::SelfChannelJoinOther,
+											 tr("You were moved to %1 by %2.")
+												 .arg(Log::formatChannel(channel))
+												 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 					}
 				} else if (pSrc == pSelf) {
 					if (channel == pSelf->cChannel) {
 						Global::get().l->log(Log::ChannelJoin, tr("You moved %1 to %2.")
-													   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
-													   .arg(Log::formatChannel(channel)));
+																   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
+																   .arg(Log::formatChannel(channel)));
 					} else {
 						Global::get().l->log(Log::ChannelLeave, tr("You moved %1 to %2.")
-														.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
-														.arg(Log::formatChannel(channel)));
+																	.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
+																	.arg(Log::formatChannel(channel)));
 					}
 				} else if ((channel == pSelf->cChannel) || (oldChannel == pSelf->cChannel)) {
 					if (pDst == pSrc) {
 						if (channel == pSelf->cChannel) {
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::ChannelJoin,
-									 tr("%1 entered channel.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+							Global::get().l->log(
+								Log::ChannelJoin,
+								tr("%1 entered channel.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 						} else {
 							Global::get().l->log(Log::ChannelLeave, tr("%1 moved to %2.")
-															.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
-															.arg(Log::formatChannel(channel)));
+																		.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
+																		.arg(Log::formatChannel(channel)));
 						}
 					} else {
 						if (channel == pSelf->cChannel) {
 							Global::get().l->log(Log::ChannelJoin, tr("%1 moved in from %2 by %3.")
-														   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
-														   .arg(Log::formatChannel(oldChannel))
-														   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+																	   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
+																	   .arg(Log::formatChannel(oldChannel))
+																	   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 						} else {
 							Global::get().l->log(Log::ChannelLeave, tr("%1 moved to %2 by %3.")
-															.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
-															.arg(Log::formatChannel(channel))
-															.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+																		.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
+																		.arg(Log::formatChannel(channel))
+																		.arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 						}
 					}
 				}
 
 				if ((channel == pSelf->cChannel) && pDst->bRecording) {
-					Global::get().l->log(Log::Recording, tr("%1 is recording").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+					Global::get().l->log(Log::Recording,
+										 tr("%1 is recording").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 				}
 			}
 		}
@@ -529,13 +538,13 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserState(const MumbleProto::UserState &msg) {
 		if (!oldName.isNull() && oldName != newName) {
 			if (pSrc != pDst) {
 				Global::get().l->log(Log::UserRenamed, tr("%1 renamed to %2 by %3.")
-											   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target, oldName))
-											   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
-											   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+														   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target, oldName))
+														   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target))
+														   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 			} else {
 				Global::get().l->log(Log::UserRenamed, tr("%1 renamed to %2.")
-											   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target, oldName),
-													Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+														   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target, oldName),
+																Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -564,11 +573,13 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserState(const MumbleProto::UserState &msg) {
 			&& ((pDst->cChannel == pSelf->cChannel) || pDst->cChannel->allLinks().contains(pSelf->cChannel))) {
 			if (pDst->bSelfMute && pDst->bSelfDeaf)
 				Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherSelfMute,
-						 tr("%1 is now muted and deafened.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+									 tr("%1 is now muted and deafened.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 			else if (pDst->bSelfMute)
-				Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherSelfMute, tr("%1 is now muted.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+				Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherSelfMute,
+									 tr("%1 is now muted.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 			else
-				Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherSelfMute, tr("%1 is now unmuted.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+				Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherSelfMute,
+									 tr("%1 is now unmuted.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -585,9 +596,11 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserState(const MumbleProto::UserState &msg) {
 				}
 			} else if (pDst->cChannel->allLinks().contains(pSelf->cChannel)) {
 				if (pDst->bRecording) {
-					Global::get().l->log(Log::Recording, tr("%1 started recording.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Source)));
+					Global::get().l->log(Log::Recording,
+										 tr("%1 started recording.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Source)));
 				} else {
-					Global::get().l->log(Log::Recording, tr("%1 stopped recording.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Source)));
+					Global::get().l->log(Log::Recording,
+										 tr("%1 stopped recording.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Source)));
 				}
 			}
 		}
@@ -609,13 +622,14 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserState(const MumbleProto::UserState &msg) {
 						Log::YouMutedOther,
 						tr("%1 revoked your priority speaker status.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 				} else {
-					Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMutedOther,
-							 tr("%1 gave you priority speaker status.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+					Global::get().l->log(
+						Log::YouMutedOther,
+						tr("%1 gave you priority speaker status.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 				}
 			} else if ((pSrc == pSelf) && (pSrc != pDst)) {
 				if (pDst->bPrioritySpeaker) {
 					Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMutedOther, tr("You revoked priority speaker status for %1.")
-													 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+																 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 				} else {
 					Global::get().l->log(
 						Log::YouMutedOther,
@@ -627,18 +641,19 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserState(const MumbleProto::UserState &msg) {
 						Log::OtherMutedOther,
 						tr("%1 revoked own priority speaker status.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 				} else {
-					Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther,
-							 tr("%1 assumed priority speaker status.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+					Global::get().l->log(
+						Log::OtherMutedOther,
+						tr("%1 assumed priority speaker status.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 				}
 			} else if ((pSrc != pSelf) && (pDst != pSelf)) {
 				if (pDst->bPrioritySpeaker) {
 					Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther, tr("%1 revoked priority speaker status for %2.")
-													   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source),
-															Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+																   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source),
+																		Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 				} else if (!pDst->bPrioritySpeaker) {
 					Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther, tr("%1 gave priority speaker status to %2.")
-													   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source),
-															Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+																   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source),
+																		Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 				}
 			}
 		}
@@ -659,8 +674,9 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserState(const MumbleProto::UserState &msg) {
 				|| (pSrc == pSelf))) {
 			if (pDst == pSelf) {
 				if (msg.has_mute() && msg.has_deaf() && pDst->bMute && pDst->bDeaf) {
-					Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMuted,
-							 tr("You were muted and deafened by %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+					Global::get().l->log(
+						Log::YouMuted,
+						tr("You were muted and deafened by %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 				} else if (msg.has_mute() && msg.has_deaf() && !pDst->bMute && !pDst->bDeaf) {
 					Global::get().l->log(
 						Log::YouMuted,
@@ -668,17 +684,20 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserState(const MumbleProto::UserState &msg) {
 				} else {
 					if (msg.has_mute()) {
 						if (pDst->bMute)
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMuted,
-									 tr("You were muted by %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+							Global::get().l->log(
+								Log::YouMuted,
+								tr("You were muted by %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 						else
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMuted,
-									 tr("You were unmuted by %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+							Global::get().l->log(
+								Log::YouMuted,
+								tr("You were unmuted by %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 					}
 
 					if (msg.has_deaf()) {
 						if (!pDst->bDeaf)
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMuted,
-									 tr("You were undeafened by %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+							Global::get().l->log(
+								Log::YouMuted,
+								tr("You were undeafened by %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 					}
 				}
 
@@ -689,85 +708,96 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserState(const MumbleProto::UserState &msg) {
 						if (msg.has_channel_id())
 							Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMuted, tr("You were unsuppressed."));
 						else
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMuted,
-									 tr("You were unsuppressed by %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+							Global::get().l->log(
+								Log::YouMuted,
+								tr("You were unsuppressed by %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 					}
 				}
 
 				updateTrayIcon();
 			} else if (pSrc == pSelf) {
 				if (msg.has_mute() && msg.has_deaf() && pDst->bMute && pDst->bDeaf) {
-					Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMutedOther,
-							 tr("You muted and deafened %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+					Global::get().l->log(
+						Log::YouMutedOther,
+						tr("You muted and deafened %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 				} else if (msg.has_mute() && msg.has_deaf() && !pDst->bMute && !pDst->bDeaf) {
-					Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMutedOther,
-							 tr("You unmuted and undeafened %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+					Global::get().l->log(
+						Log::YouMutedOther,
+						tr("You unmuted and undeafened %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 				} else {
 					if (msg.has_mute()) {
 						if (pDst->bMute)
 							Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMutedOther,
-									 tr("You muted %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+												 tr("You muted %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 						else
 							Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMutedOther,
-									 tr("You unmuted %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+												 tr("You unmuted %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 					}
 
 					if (msg.has_deaf()) {
 						if (!pDst->bDeaf)
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMutedOther,
-									 tr("You undeafened %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+							Global::get().l->log(
+								Log::YouMutedOther,
+								tr("You undeafened %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 					}
 				}
 
 				if (msg.has_suppress()) {
 					if (!msg.has_channel_id()) {
 						if (pDst->bSuppress)
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMutedOther,
-									 tr("You suppressed %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+							Global::get().l->log(
+								Log::YouMutedOther,
+								tr("You suppressed %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 						else
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::YouMutedOther,
-									 tr("You unsuppressed %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+							Global::get().l->log(
+								Log::YouMutedOther,
+								tr("You unsuppressed %1.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 					}
 				}
 			} else {
 				if (msg.has_mute() && msg.has_deaf() && pDst->bMute && pDst->bDeaf) {
 					Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther, tr("%1 muted and deafened by %2.")
-													   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
-															Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+																   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
+																		Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 				} else if (msg.has_mute() && msg.has_deaf() && !pDst->bMute && !pDst->bDeaf) {
 					Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther, tr("%1 unmuted and undeafened by %2.")
-													   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
-															Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+																   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
+																		Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 				} else {
 					if (msg.has_mute()) {
 						if (pDst->bMute)
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther, tr("%1 muted by %2.")
-															   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
-																	Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+							Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther,
+												 tr("%1 muted by %2.")
+													 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
+														  Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 						else
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther, tr("%1 unmuted by %2.")
-															   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
-																	Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+							Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther,
+												 tr("%1 unmuted by %2.")
+													 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
+														  Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 					}
 
 					if (msg.has_deaf()) {
 						if (!pDst->bDeaf)
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther, tr("%1 undeafened by %2.")
-															   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
-																	Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+							Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther,
+												 tr("%1 undeafened by %2.")
+													 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
+														  Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 					}
 				}
 
 				if (msg.has_suppress()) {
 					if (!msg.has_channel_id()) {
 						if (pDst->bSuppress)
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther, tr("%1 suppressed by %2.")
-															   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
-																	Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+							Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther,
+												 tr("%1 suppressed by %2.")
+													 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
+														  Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 						else
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther, tr("%1 unsuppressed by %2.")
-															   .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
-																	Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
+							Global::get().l->log(Log::OtherMutedOther,
+												 tr("%1 unsuppressed by %2.")
+													 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target),
+														  Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source)));
 					}
 				}
 			}
@@ -816,29 +846,29 @@ void MainWindow::msgUserRemove(const MumbleProto::UserRemove &msg) {
 		bRetryServer = false;
 		if (msg.ban())
 			Global::get().l->log(Log::YouKicked, tr("You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2.")
-										 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source))
-										 .arg(reason));
+													 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source))
+													 .arg(reason));
 		else
 			Global::get().l->log(Log::YouKicked, tr("You were kicked from the server by %1: %2.")
-										 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source))
-										 .arg(reason));
+													 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source))
+													 .arg(reason));
 	} else if (pSrc) {
 		if (msg.ban())
 			Global::get().l->log((pSrc == pSelf) ? Log::YouKicked : Log::UserKicked,
-					 tr("%3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2.")
-						 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source))
-						 .arg(reason)
-						 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+								 tr("%3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2.")
+									 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source))
+									 .arg(reason)
+									 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 		else
 			Global::get().l->log((pSrc == pSelf) ? Log::YouKicked : Log::UserKicked,
-					 tr("%3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2.")
-						 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source))
-						 .arg(reason)
-						 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
+								 tr("%3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2.")
+									 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pSrc, Log::Source))
+									 .arg(reason)
+									 .arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Target)));
 	} else {
 		if (pDst->cChannel == pSelf->cChannel || pDst->cChannel->allLinks().contains(pSelf->cChannel)) {
 			Global::get().l->log(Log::ChannelLeaveDisconnect,
-					 tr("%1 left channel and disconnected.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Source)));
+								 tr("%1 left channel and disconnected.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Source)));
 		} else {
 			Global::get().l->log(Log::UserLeave, tr("%1 disconnected.").arg(Log::formatClientUser(pDst, Log::Source)));
 		}
@@ -969,7 +999,8 @@ void MainWindow::msgChannelRemove(const MumbleProto::ChannelRemove &msg) {
 			c->bFiltered = false;
 		}
 		if (!pmModel->removeChannel(c, true)) {
-			Global::get().l->log(Log::CriticalError, tr("Protocol violation. Server sent remove for occupied channel."));
+			Global::get().l->log(Log::CriticalError,
+								 tr("Protocol violation. Server sent remove for occupied channel."));
 			Global::get().sh->disconnect();
 			return;
 		}
@@ -1017,8 +1048,8 @@ void MainWindow::msgTextMessage(const MumbleProto::TextMessage &msg) {
 	const QString prefixMessage = target.isEmpty() ? name : tr("(%1) %2").arg(target).arg(name);
 
 	Global::get().l->log(privateMessage ? Log::PrivateTextMessage : Log::TextMessage,
-			 tr("%1: %2").arg(prefixMessage).arg(u8(msg.message())), tr("Message from %1").arg(plainName), false,
-			 overrideTTS, pSrc ? pSrc->bLocalIgnoreTTS : false);
+						 tr("%1: %2").arg(prefixMessage).arg(u8(msg.message())), tr("Message from %1").arg(plainName),
+						 false, overrideTTS, pSrc ? pSrc->bLocalIgnoreTTS : false);
 }
 
 /// This message is being received when the server informs the client about the access control list (ACL) for
@@ -1210,10 +1241,11 @@ void MainWindow::msgCodecVersion(const MumbleProto::CodecVersion &msg) {
 
 #ifdef USE_OPUS
 	static bool warnedOpus = false;
-	Global::get().bOpus                = msg.opus();
+	Global::get().bOpus    = msg.opus();
 
 	if (!Global::get().oCodec && !warnedOpus) {
-		Global::get().l->log(Log::CriticalError, tr("Failed to load Opus, it will not be available for audio encoding/decoding."));
+		Global::get().l->log(Log::CriticalError,
+							 tr("Failed to load Opus, it will not be available for audio encoding/decoding."));
 		warnedOpus = true;
 	}
 #endif
@@ -1244,8 +1276,9 @@ void MainWindow::msgCodecVersion(const MumbleProto::CodecVersion &msg) {
 
 	if (!Global::get().qmCodecs.contains(willuse)) {
 		if (!warnedCELT) {
-			Global::get().l->log(Log::CriticalError, tr("Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be "
-											"able to talk to all users."));
+			Global::get().l->log(Log::CriticalError,
+								 tr("Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be "
+									"able to talk to all users."));
 			warnedCELT = true;
 		}
 	} else {
@@ -1286,8 +1319,9 @@ void MainWindow::msgRequestBlob(const MumbleProto::RequestBlob &) {
 /// @param msg The message object containing the suggestions
 void MainWindow::msgSuggestConfig(const MumbleProto::SuggestConfig &msg) {
 	if (msg.has_version() && (msg.version() > MumbleVersion::getRaw())) {
-		Global::get().l->log(Log::Warning,
-				 tr("The server requests minimum client version %1").arg(MumbleVersion::toString(msg.version())));
+		Global::get().l->log(
+			Log::Warning,
+			tr("The server requests minimum client version %1").arg(MumbleVersion::toString(msg.version())));
 	}
 	if (msg.has_positional() && (msg.positional() != Global::get().s.doPositionalAudio())) {
 		if (msg.positional())
@@ -1306,19 +1340,21 @@ void MainWindow::msgSuggestConfig(const MumbleProto::SuggestConfig &msg) {
 void MainWindow::msgPluginDataTransmission(const MumbleProto::PluginDataTransmission &msg) {
 	// Another client's plugin has sent us some data. Verify the necessary parts are there and delegate it to the
 	// PluginManager
-	
+
 	if (!msg.has_sendersession() || !msg.has_data() || !msg.has_dataid()) {
-		// if the message contains no sender session, no data or no ID for the data, it is of no use to us and we discard it
+		// if the message contains no sender session, no data or no ID for the data, it is of no use to us and we
+		// discard it
 		return;
 	}
 
 	const ClientUser *sender = ClientUser::get(msg.sendersession());
-	const std::string &data = msg.data();
+	const std::string &data  = msg.data();
 
 	if (sender) {
 		static_assert(sizeof(unsigned char) == sizeof(uint8_t), "Unsigned char does not have expected 8bit size");
 		// As long as above assertion is true, we are only casting away the sign, which is fine
-		Global::get().pluginManager->on_receiveData(sender, reinterpret_cast< const uint8_t * >(data.c_str()), data.size(), msg.dataid().c_str());
+		Global::get().pluginManager->on_receiveData(sender, reinterpret_cast< const uint8_t * >(data.c_str()),
+													data.size(), msg.dataid().c_str());
 	}
 }
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/MumbleApplication.cpp b/src/mumble/MumbleApplication.cpp
index eb78b40b3..f729438ce 100644
--- a/src/mumble/MumbleApplication.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/MumbleApplication.cpp
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
 
 #include "EnvUtils.h"
 #include "MainWindow.h"
-#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 #include "Global.h"
+#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
 #	include "GlobalShortcut_win.h"
diff --git a/src/mumble/NetworkConfig.cpp b/src/mumble/NetworkConfig.cpp
index 6b75bd644..674caedb1 100644
--- a/src/mumble/NetworkConfig.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/NetworkConfig.cpp
@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ void Network::prepareRequest(QNetworkRequest &req) {
 	} else {
 		req.setRawHeader(QString::fromLatin1("User-Agent").toUtf8(),
 						 QString::fromLatin1("Mozilla/5.0 (%1; %2) Mumble/%3 %4")
-							 .arg(OSInfo::getOS(), OSInfo::getOSVersion(),
-								  QLatin1String(MUMTEXT(MUMBLE_VERSION)), QLatin1String(MUMBLE_RELEASE))
+							 .arg(OSInfo::getOS(), OSInfo::getOSVersion(), QLatin1String(MUMTEXT(MUMBLE_VERSION)),
+								  QLatin1String(MUMBLE_RELEASE))
 							 .toUtf8());
 	}
 }
diff --git a/src/mumble/Overlay.cpp b/src/mumble/Overlay.cpp
index b594472e5..2904b084c 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Overlay.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/Overlay.cpp
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
 #include "User.h"
 #include "Utils.h"
 #include "WebFetch.h"
-#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 #include "Global.h"
+#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 
 #include <QtCore/QProcessEnvironment>
 #include <QtCore/QtEndian>
diff --git a/src/mumble/OverlayClient.cpp b/src/mumble/OverlayClient.cpp
index 24b229b95..37efb29b6 100644
--- a/src/mumble/OverlayClient.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/OverlayClient.cpp
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
 #include "Themes.h"
 #include "User.h"
 #include "Utils.h"
-#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 #include "Global.h"
+#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
 #	include <QtGui/QBitmap>
diff --git a/src/mumble/OverlayConfig.cpp b/src/mumble/OverlayConfig.cpp
index b3e7c59cc..1fdbbf384 100644
--- a/src/mumble/OverlayConfig.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/OverlayConfig.cpp
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
 #include "Screen.h"
 #include "ServerHandler.h"
 #include "User.h"
-#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 #include "Global.h"
+#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
 #	include "../../overlay/overlay_blacklist.h"
diff --git a/src/mumble/OverlayEditor.cpp b/src/mumble/OverlayEditor.cpp
index e35ad417a..a73662ca5 100644
--- a/src/mumble/OverlayEditor.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/OverlayEditor.cpp
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
 #include "ServerHandler.h"
 #include "User.h"
 #include "Utils.h"
-#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 #include "Global.h"
+#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 
 #include <QtWidgets/QGraphicsProxyWidget>
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/OverlayEditorScene.cpp b/src/mumble/OverlayEditorScene.cpp
index 7ed0c848f..6cc4c632c 100644
--- a/src/mumble/OverlayEditorScene.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/OverlayEditorScene.cpp
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
 #include "ServerHandler.h"
 #include "User.h"
 #include "Utils.h"
-#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 #include "Global.h"
+#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 
 #include <QtGui/QImageReader>
 #include <QtWidgets/QColorDialog>
diff --git a/src/mumble/OverlayUser.cpp b/src/mumble/OverlayUser.cpp
index 84f14e2f9..5ff764a86 100644
--- a/src/mumble/OverlayUser.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/OverlayUser.cpp
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
 #include "ServerHandler.h"
 #include "User.h"
 #include "Utils.h"
-#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 #include "Global.h"
+#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 
 #include <QtGui/QImageReader>
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/OverlayUserGroup.cpp b/src/mumble/OverlayUserGroup.cpp
index d8dff48fa..087752ba9 100644
--- a/src/mumble/OverlayUserGroup.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/OverlayUserGroup.cpp
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
 #include "ServerHandler.h"
 #include "User.h"
 #include "Utils.h"
-#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 #include "Global.h"
+#include "GlobalShortcut.h"
 
 #include <QtGui/QImageReader>
 #include <QtWidgets/QGraphicsSceneContextMenuEvent>
diff --git a/src/mumble/Plugin.cpp b/src/mumble/Plugin.cpp
index 8317c584f..95260e7fd 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Plugin.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/Plugin.cpp
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
 // Mumble source tree or at <https://www.mumble.info/LICENSE>.
 
 #include "Plugin.h"
-#include "Version.h"
 #include "API.h"
+#include "Version.h"
 
-#include <QWriteLocker>
 #include <QMutexLocker>
+#include <QWriteLocker>
 
 #include <cstring>
 
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 plugin_id_t Plugin::s_nextID = 1;
 QMutex Plugin::s_idLock(QMutex::NonRecursive);
 
-void assertPluginLoaded(const Plugin* plugin) {
+void assertPluginLoaded(const Plugin *plugin) {
 	// don't throw and exception in release build
 	if (!plugin->isLoaded()) {
 #ifdef QT_DEBUG
@@ -29,15 +29,8 @@ void assertPluginLoaded(const Plugin* plugin) {
 }
 
 Plugin::Plugin(QString path, bool isBuiltIn, QObject *p)
-	: QObject(p),
-	  m_lib(path),
-	  m_pluginPath(path),
-	  m_pluginIsLoaded(false),
-	  m_pluginLock(QReadWriteLock::NonRecursive),
-	  m_pluginFnc(),
-	  m_isBuiltIn(isBuiltIn),
-	  m_positionalDataIsEnabled(true),
-	  m_positionalDataIsActive(false),
+	: QObject(p), m_lib(path), m_pluginPath(path), m_pluginIsLoaded(false), m_pluginLock(QReadWriteLock::NonRecursive),
+	  m_pluginFnc(), m_isBuiltIn(isBuiltIn), m_positionalDataIsEnabled(true), m_positionalDataIsActive(false),
 	  m_mayMonitorKeyboard(false) {
 	// See if the plugin is loadable in the first place unless it is a built-in plugin
 	m_pluginIsValid = isBuiltIn || m_lib.load();
@@ -66,7 +59,7 @@ QString Plugin::extractWrappedString(MumbleStringWrapper wrapper) const {
 	QString wrappedString = QString::fromUtf8(wrapper.data, wrapper.size);
 
 	if (wrapper.needsReleasing) {
-		releaseResource(static_cast<const void *>(wrapper.data));
+		releaseResource(static_cast< const void * >(wrapper.data));
 	}
 
 	return wrappedString;
@@ -74,7 +67,7 @@ QString Plugin::extractWrappedString(MumbleStringWrapper wrapper) const {
 
 bool Plugin::doInitialize() {
 	resolveFunctionPointers();
-	
+
 	return m_pluginIsValid;
 }
 
@@ -84,66 +77,107 @@ void Plugin::resolveFunctionPointers() {
 		// the missing ones
 
 		QWriteLocker lock(&m_pluginLock);
-		
+
 		// resolve the mandatory functions first
-		m_pluginFnc.init = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::init)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_init"));
-		m_pluginFnc.shutdown = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::shutdown)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_shutdown"));
-		m_pluginFnc.getName = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getName)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getName"));
-		m_pluginFnc.getAPIVersion = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getAPIVersion)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getAPIVersion"));
-		m_pluginFnc.registerAPIFunctions = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::registerAPIFunctions)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_registerAPIFunctions"));
-		m_pluginFnc.releaseResource = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::releaseResource)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_releaseResource"));
+		m_pluginFnc.init = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::init) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_init"));
+		m_pluginFnc.shutdown =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::shutdown) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_shutdown"));
+		m_pluginFnc.getName =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getName) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getName"));
+		m_pluginFnc.getAPIVersion =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getAPIVersion) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getAPIVersion"));
+		m_pluginFnc.registerAPIFunctions = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::registerAPIFunctions) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_registerAPIFunctions"));
+		m_pluginFnc.releaseResource = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::releaseResource) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_releaseResource"));
 
 		// validate that all those functions are available in the loaded lib
 		m_pluginIsValid = m_pluginFnc.init && m_pluginFnc.shutdown && m_pluginFnc.getName && m_pluginFnc.getAPIVersion
-			&& m_pluginFnc.registerAPIFunctions && m_pluginFnc.releaseResource;
+						  && m_pluginFnc.registerAPIFunctions && m_pluginFnc.releaseResource;
 
 		if (!m_pluginIsValid) {
 			// Don't bother trying to resolve any other functions
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_DEBUG
-#define CHECK_AND_LOG(name) if (!m_pluginFnc.name) { qDebug("\t\"%s\" is missing the %s() function", qPrintable(m_pluginPath), "mumble_" #name); }
+#	define CHECK_AND_LOG(name)                                                                         \
+		if (!m_pluginFnc.name) {                                                                        \
+			qDebug("\t\"%s\" is missing the %s() function", qPrintable(m_pluginPath), "mumble_" #name); \
+		}
 			CHECK_AND_LOG(init);
 			CHECK_AND_LOG(shutdown);
 			CHECK_AND_LOG(getName);
 			CHECK_AND_LOG(getAPIVersion);
 			CHECK_AND_LOG(registerAPIFunctions);
 			CHECK_AND_LOG(releaseResource);
-#undef CHECK_AND_LOG
+#	undef CHECK_AND_LOG
 #endif
 
 			return;
 		}
 
 		// The mandatory functions are there, now see if any optional functions are implemented as well
-		m_pluginFnc.setMumbleInfo = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::setMumbleInfo)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_setMumbleInfo"));
-		m_pluginFnc.getVersion = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getVersion)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getVersion"));
-		m_pluginFnc.getAuthor = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getAuthor)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getAuthor"));
-		m_pluginFnc.getDescription = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getDescription)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getDescription"));
-		m_pluginFnc.getFeatures = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getFeatures)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getFeatures"));
-		m_pluginFnc.deactivateFeatures = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::deactivateFeatures)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_deactivateFeatures"));
-		m_pluginFnc.initPositionalData = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::initPositionalData)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_initPositionalData"));
-		m_pluginFnc.fetchPositionalData = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::fetchPositionalData)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_fetchPositionalData"));
-		m_pluginFnc.shutdownPositionalData = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::shutdownPositionalData)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_shutdownPositionalData"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onServerConnected = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onServerConnected)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onServerConnected"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onServerDisconnected = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onServerDisconnected)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onServerDisconnected"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onChannelEntered = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onChannelEntered)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onChannelEntered"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onChannelExited = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onChannelExited)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onChannelExited"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onUserTalkingStateChanged = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onUserTalkingStateChanged)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onUserTalkingStateChanged"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onReceiveData = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onReceiveData)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onReceiveData"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onAudioInput = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onAudioInput)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onAudioInput"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onAudioSourceFetched = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onAudioSourceFetched)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onAudioSourceFetched"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onAudioOutputAboutToPlay = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onAudioOutputAboutToPlay)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onAudioOutputAboutToPlay"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onServerSynchronized = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onServerSynchronized)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onServerSynchronized"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onUserAdded = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onUserAdded)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onUserAdded"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onUserRemoved = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onUserRemoved)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onUserRemoved"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onChannelAdded = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onChannelAdded)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onChannelAdded"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onChannelRemoved = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onChannelRemoved)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onChannelRemoved"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onChannelRenamed = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onChannelRenamed)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onChannelRenamed"));
-		m_pluginFnc.onKeyEvent = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onKeyEvent)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onKeyEvent"));
-		m_pluginFnc.hasUpdate = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::hasUpdate)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_hasUpdate"));
-		m_pluginFnc.getUpdateDownloadURL = reinterpret_cast<decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getUpdateDownloadURL)>(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getUpdateDownloadURL"));
+		m_pluginFnc.setMumbleInfo =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::setMumbleInfo) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_setMumbleInfo"));
+		m_pluginFnc.getVersion =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getVersion) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getVersion"));
+		m_pluginFnc.getAuthor =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getAuthor) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getAuthor"));
+		m_pluginFnc.getDescription =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getDescription) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getDescription"));
+		m_pluginFnc.getFeatures =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getFeatures) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_getFeatures"));
+		m_pluginFnc.deactivateFeatures = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::deactivateFeatures) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_deactivateFeatures"));
+		m_pluginFnc.initPositionalData = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::initPositionalData) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_initPositionalData"));
+		m_pluginFnc.fetchPositionalData = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::fetchPositionalData) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_fetchPositionalData"));
+		m_pluginFnc.shutdownPositionalData =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::shutdownPositionalData) >(
+				m_lib.resolve("mumble_shutdownPositionalData"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onServerConnected = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onServerConnected) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_onServerConnected"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onServerDisconnected = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onServerDisconnected) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_onServerDisconnected"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onChannelEntered = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onChannelEntered) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_onChannelEntered"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onChannelExited = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onChannelExited) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_onChannelExited"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onUserTalkingStateChanged =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onUserTalkingStateChanged) >(
+				m_lib.resolve("mumble_onUserTalkingStateChanged"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onReceiveData =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onReceiveData) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onReceiveData"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onAudioInput =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onAudioInput) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onAudioInput"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onAudioSourceFetched = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onAudioSourceFetched) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_onAudioSourceFetched"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onAudioOutputAboutToPlay =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onAudioOutputAboutToPlay) >(
+				m_lib.resolve("mumble_onAudioOutputAboutToPlay"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onServerSynchronized = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onServerSynchronized) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_onServerSynchronized"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onUserAdded =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onUserAdded) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onUserAdded"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onUserRemoved =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onUserRemoved) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onUserRemoved"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onChannelAdded =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onChannelAdded) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onChannelAdded"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onChannelRemoved = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onChannelRemoved) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_onChannelRemoved"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onChannelRenamed = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onChannelRenamed) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_onChannelRenamed"));
+		m_pluginFnc.onKeyEvent =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::onKeyEvent) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_onKeyEvent"));
+		m_pluginFnc.hasUpdate =
+			reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::hasUpdate) >(m_lib.resolve("mumble_hasUpdate"));
+		m_pluginFnc.getUpdateDownloadURL = reinterpret_cast< decltype(MumblePluginFunctions::getUpdateDownloadURL) >(
+			m_lib.resolve("mumble_getUpdateDownloadURL"));
 
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_DEBUG
-#define CHECK_AND_LOG(name) qDebug("\t" "mumble_" #name ": %s", (m_pluginFnc.name == nullptr ? "no" : "yes"))
+#	define CHECK_AND_LOG(name)        \
+		qDebug("\t"                    \
+			   "mumble_" #name ": %s", \
+			   (m_pluginFnc.name == nullptr ? "no" : "yes"))
 		qDebug(">>>> Found optional functions for plugin \"%s\"", qUtf8Printable(m_pluginPath));
 		CHECK_AND_LOG(setMumbleInfo);
 		CHECK_AND_LOG(getVersion);
@@ -178,12 +212,14 @@ void Plugin::resolveFunctionPointers() {
 		// If positional audio is to be supported, all three corresponding functions have to be implemented
 		// For PA it is all or nothing
 		if (!(m_pluginFnc.initPositionalData && m_pluginFnc.fetchPositionalData && m_pluginFnc.shutdownPositionalData)
-				&& (m_pluginFnc.initPositionalData || m_pluginFnc.fetchPositionalData || m_pluginFnc.shutdownPositionalData)) {
-			m_pluginFnc.initPositionalData = nullptr;
-			m_pluginFnc.fetchPositionalData = nullptr;
+			&& (m_pluginFnc.initPositionalData || m_pluginFnc.fetchPositionalData
+				|| m_pluginFnc.shutdownPositionalData)) {
+			m_pluginFnc.initPositionalData     = nullptr;
+			m_pluginFnc.fetchPositionalData    = nullptr;
 			m_pluginFnc.shutdownPositionalData = nullptr;
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_DEBUG
-			qDebug("\t\"%s\" has only partially implemented positional data functions -> deactivating all of them", qPrintable(m_pluginPath));
+			qDebug("\t\"%s\" has only partially implemented positional data functions -> deactivating all of them",
+				   qPrintable(m_pluginPath));
 #endif
 		}
 	}
@@ -272,11 +308,12 @@ mumble_error_t Plugin::init() {
 	//////////////////////////////
 	// Step 2: Provide the API functions to the plugin
 	const mumble_version_t apiVersion = getAPIVersion();
-	if (apiVersion >= mumble_version_t({1, 0, 0}) && apiVersion < mumble_version_t({1, 2, 0})) {
+	if (apiVersion >= mumble_version_t({ 1, 0, 0 }) && apiVersion < mumble_version_t({ 1, 2, 0 })) {
 		MumbleAPI_v_1_0_x api = API::getMumbleAPI_v_1_0_x();
 		registerAPIFunctions(&api);
 	} else {
-		// The API version could not be obtained -> this is an invalid plugin that shouldn't have been loaded in the first place
+		// The API version could not be obtained -> this is an invalid plugin that shouldn't have been loaded in the
+		// first place
 		qWarning("Unable to obtain requested MumbleAPI version");
 		return EC_INVALID_API_VERSION;
 	}
@@ -354,7 +391,8 @@ void Plugin::releaseResource(const void *pointer) const {
 	}
 }
 
-void Plugin::setMumbleInfo(mumble_version_t mumbleVersion, mumble_version_t mumbleAPIVersion, mumble_version_t minimalExpectedAPIVersion) const {
+void Plugin::setMumbleInfo(mumble_version_t mumbleVersion, mumble_version_t mumbleAPIVersion,
+						   mumble_version_t minimalExpectedAPIVersion) const {
 	if (m_pluginFnc.setMumbleInfo) {
 		m_pluginFnc.setMumbleInfo(mumbleVersion, mumbleAPIVersion, minimalExpectedAPIVersion);
 	}
@@ -416,7 +454,7 @@ bool Plugin::showConfigDialog(QWidget *parent) const {
 	return false;
 }
 
-uint8_t Plugin::initPositionalData(const char *const*programNames, const uint64_t *programPIDs, size_t programCount) {
+uint8_t Plugin::initPositionalData(const char *const *programNames, const uint64_t *programPIDs, size_t programCount) {
 	assertPluginLoaded(this);
 
 	if (m_pluginFnc.initPositionalData) {
@@ -433,19 +471,21 @@ uint8_t Plugin::initPositionalData(const char *const*programNames, const uint64_
 	}
 }
 
-bool Plugin::fetchPositionalData(Position3D& avatarPos, Vector3D& avatarDir, Vector3D& avatarAxis, Position3D& cameraPos, Vector3D& cameraDir,
-		Vector3D& cameraAxis, QString& context, QString& identity) const {
+bool Plugin::fetchPositionalData(Position3D &avatarPos, Vector3D &avatarDir, Vector3D &avatarAxis,
+								 Position3D &cameraPos, Vector3D &cameraDir, Vector3D &cameraAxis, QString &context,
+								 QString &identity) const {
 	assertPluginLoaded(this);
 
 	if (m_pluginFnc.fetchPositionalData) {
-		const char *contextPtr = "";
+		const char *contextPtr  = "";
 		const char *identityPtr = "";
 
-		bool retStatus = m_pluginFnc.fetchPositionalData(static_cast<float*>(avatarPos), static_cast<float*>(avatarDir),
-				static_cast<float*>(avatarAxis), static_cast<float*>(cameraPos), static_cast<float*>(cameraDir), static_cast<float*>(cameraAxis),
-					&contextPtr, &identityPtr);
+		bool retStatus = m_pluginFnc.fetchPositionalData(
+			static_cast< float * >(avatarPos), static_cast< float * >(avatarDir), static_cast< float * >(avatarAxis),
+			static_cast< float * >(cameraPos), static_cast< float * >(cameraDir), static_cast< float * >(cameraAxis),
+			&contextPtr, &identityPtr);
 
-		context = QString::fromUtf8(contextPtr);
+		context  = QString::fromUtf8(contextPtr);
 		identity = QString::fromUtf8(identityPtr);
 
 		return retStatus;
@@ -456,9 +496,9 @@ bool Plugin::fetchPositionalData(Position3D& avatarPos, Vector3D& avatarDir, Vec
 		cameraPos.toZero();
 		cameraDir.toZero();
 		cameraAxis.toZero();
-		context = QString();
+		context  = QString();
 		identity = QString();
-		
+
 		return false;
 	}
 }
@@ -489,8 +529,8 @@ void Plugin::onServerDisconnected(mumble_connection_t connection) const {
 	}
 }
 
-void Plugin::onChannelEntered(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID, mumble_channelid_t previousChannelID,
-		mumble_channelid_t newChannelID) const {
+void Plugin::onChannelEntered(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID,
+							  mumble_channelid_t previousChannelID, mumble_channelid_t newChannelID) const {
 	assertPluginLoaded(this);
 
 	if (m_pluginFnc.onChannelEntered) {
@@ -498,7 +538,8 @@ void Plugin::onChannelEntered(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t us
 	}
 }
 
-void Plugin::onChannelExited(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID, mumble_channelid_t channelID) const {
+void Plugin::onChannelExited(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID,
+							 mumble_channelid_t channelID) const {
 	assertPluginLoaded(this);
 
 	if (m_pluginFnc.onChannelExited) {
@@ -506,7 +547,8 @@ void Plugin::onChannelExited(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t use
 	}
 }
 
-void Plugin::onUserTalkingStateChanged(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID, mumble_talking_state_t talkingState) const {
+void Plugin::onUserTalkingStateChanged(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID,
+									   mumble_talking_state_t talkingState) const {
 	assertPluginLoaded(this);
 
 	if (m_pluginFnc.onUserTalkingStateChanged) {
@@ -514,7 +556,8 @@ void Plugin::onUserTalkingStateChanged(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_us
 	}
 }
 
-bool Plugin::onReceiveData(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t sender, const uint8_t *data, size_t dataLength, const char *dataID) const {
+bool Plugin::onReceiveData(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t sender, const uint8_t *data,
+						   size_t dataLength, const char *dataID) const {
 	assertPluginLoaded(this);
 
 	if (m_pluginFnc.onReceiveData) {
@@ -524,7 +567,8 @@ bool Plugin::onReceiveData(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t sende
 	}
 }
 
-bool Plugin::onAudioInput(short *inputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount, uint32_t sampleRate, bool isSpeech) const {
+bool Plugin::onAudioInput(short *inputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount, uint32_t sampleRate,
+						  bool isSpeech) const {
 	assertPluginLoaded(this);
 
 	if (m_pluginFnc.onAudioInput) {
@@ -534,7 +578,8 @@ bool Plugin::onAudioInput(short *inputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channe
 	}
 }
 
-bool Plugin::onAudioSourceFetched(float *outputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount, uint32_t sampleRate, bool isSpeech, mumble_userid_t userID) const {
+bool Plugin::onAudioSourceFetched(float *outputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount, uint32_t sampleRate,
+								  bool isSpeech, mumble_userid_t userID) const {
 	assertPluginLoaded(this);
 
 	if (m_pluginFnc.onAudioSourceFetched) {
@@ -544,7 +589,8 @@ bool Plugin::onAudioSourceFetched(float *outputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16
 	}
 }
 
-bool Plugin::onAudioOutputAboutToPlay(float *outputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount, uint32_t sampleRate) const {
+bool Plugin::onAudioOutputAboutToPlay(float *outputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount,
+									  uint32_t sampleRate) const {
 	assertPluginLoaded(this);
 
 	if (m_pluginFnc.onAudioOutputAboutToPlay) {
@@ -645,9 +691,7 @@ bool Plugin::providesConfigDialog() const {
 
 
 /////////////////// Implementation of the PluginReadLocker /////////////////////////
-PluginReadLocker::PluginReadLocker(QReadWriteLock *lock)
-	: m_lock(lock),
-	  m_unlocked(false) {
+PluginReadLocker::PluginReadLocker(QReadWriteLock *lock) : m_lock(lock), m_unlocked(false) {
 	relock();
 }
 
@@ -671,14 +715,14 @@ void PluginReadLocker::relock() {
 	// First try to lock for read-access
 	if (!m_lock->tryLockForRead()) {
 		// if that fails, we'll try to lock for write-access
-		// That will only succeed in the case that the current thread holds the write-access to this lock already which caused
-		// the previous attempt to lock for reading to fail (by design of the QtReadWriteLock).
-		// As we are in the thread with the write-access, it means that this threads has asked for read-access on top of it which we will
-		// grant (in contrast of QtReadLocker) because if you have the permission to change something you surely should have permission
-		// to read it. This assumes that the thread won't try to read data it temporarily has corrupted.
+		// That will only succeed in the case that the current thread holds the write-access to this lock already which
+		// caused the previous attempt to lock for reading to fail (by design of the QtReadWriteLock). As we are in the
+		// thread with the write-access, it means that this threads has asked for read-access on top of it which we will
+		// grant (in contrast of QtReadLocker) because if you have the permission to change something you surely should
+		// have permission to read it. This assumes that the thread won't try to read data it temporarily has corrupted.
 		if (!m_lock->tryLockForWrite()) {
-			// If we couldn't lock for write at this point, it means another thread has write-access granted by the lock so we'll have to wait
-			// in order to gain regular read-access as would be with QtReadLocker
+			// If we couldn't lock for write at this point, it means another thread has write-access granted by the lock
+			// so we'll have to wait in order to gain regular read-access as would be with QtReadLocker
 			m_lock->lockForRead();
 		}
 	}
diff --git a/src/mumble/Plugin.h b/src/mumble/Plugin.h
index 049e622f2..28324cc83 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Plugin.h
+++ b/src/mumble/Plugin.h
@@ -7,96 +7,97 @@
 #define MUMBLE_MUMBLE_PLUGIN_H_
 
 #include "MumbleAPI_v_1_0_x.h"
+#include "MumblePlugin_v_1_0_x.h"
 #include "PluginComponents_v_1_0_x.h"
 #include "PositionalData.h"
-#include "MumblePlugin_v_1_0_x.h"
 
+#include <QLibrary>
+#include <QMutex>
 #include <QObject>
 #include <QReadWriteLock>
 #include <QString>
-#include <QLibrary>
-#include <QMutex>
 #include <QUrl>
 
-#include <stdexcept>
 #include <memory>
+#include <stdexcept>
 
 /// A struct for holding the function pointers to the functions inside the plugin's library
 /// For the documentation of those functions, see the plugin's header file (the one used when developing a plugin)
 struct MumblePluginFunctions {
-		decltype(&mumble_init) init;
-		decltype(&mumble_shutdown) shutdown;
-		decltype(&mumble_getName) getName;
-		decltype(&mumble_getAPIVersion) getAPIVersion;
-		decltype(&mumble_registerAPIFunctions) registerAPIFunctions;
-		decltype(&mumble_releaseResource) releaseResource;
-
-		// Further utility functions the plugin may implement
-		decltype(&mumble_setMumbleInfo) setMumbleInfo;
-		decltype(&mumble_getVersion) getVersion;
-		decltype(&mumble_getAuthor) getAuthor;
-		decltype(&mumble_getDescription) getDescription;
-		decltype(&mumble_getFeatures) getFeatures;
-		decltype(&mumble_deactivateFeatures) deactivateFeatures;
-
-		// Functions for dealing with positional audio (or rather the fetching of the needed data)
-		decltype(&mumble_initPositionalData) initPositionalData;
-		decltype(&mumble_fetchPositionalData) fetchPositionalData;
-		decltype(&mumble_shutdownPositionalData) shutdownPositionalData;
-		
-		// Callback functions and EventHandlers
-		decltype(&mumble_onServerConnected) onServerConnected;
-		decltype(&mumble_onServerDisconnected) onServerDisconnected;
-		decltype(&mumble_onChannelEntered) onChannelEntered;
-		decltype(&mumble_onChannelExited) onChannelExited;
-		decltype(&mumble_onUserTalkingStateChanged) onUserTalkingStateChanged;
-		decltype(&mumble_onReceiveData) onReceiveData;
-		decltype(&mumble_onAudioInput) onAudioInput;
-		decltype(&mumble_onAudioSourceFetched) onAudioSourceFetched;
-		decltype(&mumble_onAudioOutputAboutToPlay) onAudioOutputAboutToPlay;
-		decltype(&mumble_onServerSynchronized) onServerSynchronized;
-		decltype(&mumble_onUserAdded) onUserAdded;
-		decltype(&mumble_onUserRemoved) onUserRemoved;
-		decltype(&mumble_onChannelAdded) onChannelAdded;
-		decltype(&mumble_onChannelRemoved) onChannelRemoved;
-		decltype(&mumble_onChannelRenamed) onChannelRenamed;
-		decltype(&mumble_onKeyEvent) onKeyEvent;
-
-		// Plugin updates
-		decltype(&mumble_hasUpdate) hasUpdate;
-		decltype(&mumble_getUpdateDownloadURL) getUpdateDownloadURL;
+	decltype(&mumble_init) init;
+	decltype(&mumble_shutdown) shutdown;
+	decltype(&mumble_getName) getName;
+	decltype(&mumble_getAPIVersion) getAPIVersion;
+	decltype(&mumble_registerAPIFunctions) registerAPIFunctions;
+	decltype(&mumble_releaseResource) releaseResource;
+
+	// Further utility functions the plugin may implement
+	decltype(&mumble_setMumbleInfo) setMumbleInfo;
+	decltype(&mumble_getVersion) getVersion;
+	decltype(&mumble_getAuthor) getAuthor;
+	decltype(&mumble_getDescription) getDescription;
+	decltype(&mumble_getFeatures) getFeatures;
+	decltype(&mumble_deactivateFeatures) deactivateFeatures;
+
+	// Functions for dealing with positional audio (or rather the fetching of the needed data)
+	decltype(&mumble_initPositionalData) initPositionalData;
+	decltype(&mumble_fetchPositionalData) fetchPositionalData;
+	decltype(&mumble_shutdownPositionalData) shutdownPositionalData;
+
+	// Callback functions and EventHandlers
+	decltype(&mumble_onServerConnected) onServerConnected;
+	decltype(&mumble_onServerDisconnected) onServerDisconnected;
+	decltype(&mumble_onChannelEntered) onChannelEntered;
+	decltype(&mumble_onChannelExited) onChannelExited;
+	decltype(&mumble_onUserTalkingStateChanged) onUserTalkingStateChanged;
+	decltype(&mumble_onReceiveData) onReceiveData;
+	decltype(&mumble_onAudioInput) onAudioInput;
+	decltype(&mumble_onAudioSourceFetched) onAudioSourceFetched;
+	decltype(&mumble_onAudioOutputAboutToPlay) onAudioOutputAboutToPlay;
+	decltype(&mumble_onServerSynchronized) onServerSynchronized;
+	decltype(&mumble_onUserAdded) onUserAdded;
+	decltype(&mumble_onUserRemoved) onUserRemoved;
+	decltype(&mumble_onChannelAdded) onChannelAdded;
+	decltype(&mumble_onChannelRemoved) onChannelRemoved;
+	decltype(&mumble_onChannelRenamed) onChannelRenamed;
+	decltype(&mumble_onKeyEvent) onKeyEvent;
+
+	// Plugin updates
+	decltype(&mumble_hasUpdate) hasUpdate;
+	decltype(&mumble_getUpdateDownloadURL) getUpdateDownloadURL;
 };
 
 
 /// An exception that is being thrown by a plugin whenever it encounters an error
 class PluginError : public std::runtime_error {
-	public:
-		// inherit constructors of runtime_error
-		using std::runtime_error::runtime_error;
+public:
+	// inherit constructors of runtime_error
+	using std::runtime_error::runtime_error;
 };
 
 
 /// An implementation similar to QReadLocker except that this one allows to lock on a lock the same thread is already
-/// holding a write-lock on. This could also result in obtaining a write-lock though so it shouldn't be used for code regions
-/// that take quite some time and rely on other readers still having access to the locked object.
+/// holding a write-lock on. This could also result in obtaining a write-lock though so it shouldn't be used for code
+/// regions that take quite some time and rely on other readers still having access to the locked object.
 class PluginReadLocker {
-	protected:
-		/// The lock this lock-guard is acting upon
-		QReadWriteLock *m_lock;
-		/// A flag indicating whether the lock has been unlocked (manually) and thus doesn't have to be unlocked
-		/// in the destructor.
-		bool m_unlocked;
-	public:
-		/// Constructor of the PluginReadLocker. If the passed lock-pointer is not nullptr, the constructor will
-		/// already lock the provided lock.
-		///
-		/// @param lock A pointer to the QReadWriteLock that shall be managed by this object. May be nullptr
-		PluginReadLocker(QReadWriteLock *lock);
-		/// Locks this lock again after it has been unlocked before (Locking a locked lock results in a runtime error)
-		void relock();
-		/// Unlocks this lock
-		void unlock();
-		~PluginReadLocker();
+protected:
+	/// The lock this lock-guard is acting upon
+	QReadWriteLock *m_lock;
+	/// A flag indicating whether the lock has been unlocked (manually) and thus doesn't have to be unlocked
+	/// in the destructor.
+	bool m_unlocked;
+
+public:
+	/// Constructor of the PluginReadLocker. If the passed lock-pointer is not nullptr, the constructor will
+	/// already lock the provided lock.
+	///
+	/// @param lock A pointer to the QReadWriteLock that shall be managed by this object. May be nullptr
+	PluginReadLocker(QReadWriteLock *lock);
+	/// Locks this lock again after it has been unlocked before (Locking a locked lock results in a runtime error)
+	void relock();
+	/// Unlocks this lock
+	void unlock();
+	~PluginReadLocker();
 };
 
 class Plugin;
@@ -104,314 +105,328 @@ class Plugin;
 /// Typedef for the plugin ID
 typedef uint32_t plugin_id_t;
 /// Typedef for a plugin pointer
-typedef std::shared_ptr<Plugin> plugin_ptr_t;
+typedef std::shared_ptr< Plugin > plugin_ptr_t;
 /// Typedef for a const plugin pointer
-typedef std::shared_ptr<const Plugin> const_plugin_ptr_t;
+typedef std::shared_ptr< const Plugin > const_plugin_ptr_t;
 
-/// A class representing a plugin library attached to Mumble. It can be used to manage (load/unload) and access plugin libraries.
+/// A class representing a plugin library attached to Mumble. It can be used to manage (load/unload) and access plugin
+/// libraries.
 class Plugin : public QObject {
 	friend class PluginManager;
 	friend class PluginConfig;
 
-	private:
-		Q_OBJECT
-		Q_DISABLE_COPY(Plugin)
-	protected:
-		/// A mutex guarding Plugin::nextID
-		static QMutex s_idLock;
-		/// The ID of the plugin that will be loaded next. Whenever accessing this field, Plugin::idLock should be locked.
-		static plugin_id_t s_nextID;
-
-		/// Constructor of the Plugin.
-		///
-		/// @param path The path to the plugin's shared library file. This path has to exist unless isBuiltIn is true
-		/// @param isBuiltIn A flag indicating that this is a plugin built into Mumble itself and is does not backed by a shared library
-		/// @param p A pointer to a QObject representing the parent of this object or nullptr if there is no parent
-		Plugin(QString path, bool isBuiltIn = false, QObject *p = nullptr);
-
-		/// A flag indicating whether this plugin is valid. It is mainly used throughout the plugin's initialization.
-		bool m_pluginIsValid;
-		/// The QLibrary representing the shared library of this plugin
-		QLibrary m_lib;
-		/// The path to the shared library file in the host's filesystem
-		QString m_pluginPath;
-		/// The unique ID of this plugin. Note though that this ID is not suitable for uniquely identifying this plugin between restarts of Mumble
-		/// (not even between rescans of the plugins) let alone across clients.
-		plugin_id_t m_pluginID;
-		// a flag indicating whether this plugin has been loaded by calling its init function.
-		bool m_pluginIsLoaded;
-		/// The lock guarding this plugin object. Every time a member is accessed this lock should be locked accordingly.
-		/// After successful construction and initialization (doInitilize()), this member variable is effectively const
-		/// and therefore no locking is required in order to read from it!
-		/// In fact protecting read-accesses by a non-recursive lock can introduce deadlocks by plugins using certain
-		/// API functions.
-		mutable QReadWriteLock m_pluginLock;
-		/// The struct holding the function pointers to the functions in the shared library.
-		MumblePluginFunctions m_pluginFnc;
-		/// A flag indicating whether this plugin is built into Mumble and is thus not represented by a shared library.
-		bool m_isBuiltIn;
-		/// A flag indicating whether positional data gathering is enabled for this plugin (Enabled as in allowed via preferences).
-		bool m_positionalDataIsEnabled;
-		/// A flag indicating whether positional data gathering is currently active (Active as in running)
-		bool m_positionalDataIsActive;
-		/// A flag indicating whether this plugin has permission to monitor keyboard events that occur while
-		/// Mumble has the keyboard focus.
-		bool m_mayMonitorKeyboard;
-
-
-		QString extractWrappedString(MumbleStringWrapper wrapper) const;
-
-
-		// Most of this class's functions are protected in order to only allow access to them via the PluginManager
-		// as some require additional handling before/after calling them.
-
-		/// Initializes this plugin. This function must be called directly after construction. This is guaranteed when the
-		/// plugin is created via Plugin::createNew
-		virtual bool doInitialize();
-		/// Resolves the function pointers in the shared library and sets the respective fields in Plugin::apiFnc
-		virtual void resolveFunctionPointers();
-		/// Enables positional data gathering for this plugin (as in allowing)
-		///
-		/// @param enable Whether to enable the data gathering
-		virtual void enablePositionalData(bool enable = true);
-		/// Allows or forbids the monitoring of keyboard events for this plugin.
-		///
-		/// @param allow Whether to allow or forbid it
-		virtual void allowKeyboardMonitoring(bool allow);
-
-
-		/// Initializes this plugin
-		virtual mumble_error_t init();
-		/// Shuts this plugin down
-		virtual void shutdown();
-		/// Delegates the struct of API function pointers to the plugin backend
-		///
-		/// @param api The pointer to the API struct
-		virtual void registerAPIFunctions(void *api) const;
-		/// Asks the plugin to release (free/delete) the resource pointed to by the given pointer
-		///
-		/// @param pointer Pointer to the resource
-		virtual void releaseResource(const void *pointer) const;
-		/// Provides the plugin backend with some version information about Mumble
-		///
-		/// @param mumbleVersion The version of the Mumble client
-		/// @param mumbleAPIVersion The API version used by the Mumble client
-		/// @param minimalExpectedAPIVersion The minimal API version expected to be used by the plugin backend
-		virtual void setMumbleInfo(mumble_version_t mumbleVersion, mumble_version_t mumbleAPIVersion, mumble_version_t minimalExpectedAPIVersion) const;
-		/// Asks the plugin to deactivate certain features
-		///
-		/// @param features The feature list or'ed together
-		/// @returns The list of features that couldn't be deactivated or'ed together
-		virtual uint32_t deactivateFeatures(uint32_t features) const;
-		/// Shows an about-dialog
-		///
-		/// @parent A pointer to the QWidget that should be used as a parent
-		/// @returns Whether the dialog could be shown successfully
-		virtual bool showAboutDialog(QWidget *parent) const;
-		/// Shows a config-dialog
-		///
-		/// @parent A pointer to the QWidget that should be used as a parent
-		/// @returns Whether the dialog could be shown successfully
-		virtual bool showConfigDialog(QWidget *parent) const;
-		/// Initializes the positional data gathering
-		///
-		/// @params programNames A pointer to an array of const char* representing the program names
-		/// @params programCount A pointer to an array of PIDs corresponding to the program names
-		/// @params programCount The length of the two previous arrays
-		virtual uint8_t initPositionalData(const char *const*programNames, const uint64_t *programPIDs, size_t programCount);
-		/// Fetches the positional data
-		///
-		/// @param[out] avatarPos The position of the ingame avatar (player)
-		/// @param[out] avatarDir The directiion in which the avatar (player) is looking/facing
-		/// @param[out] avatarAxis The vector from the avatar's toes to its head
-		/// @param[out] cameraPos The position of the ingame camera
-		/// @param[out] cameraDir The direction in which the camera is looking/facing
-		/// @param[out] cameraAxis The vector from the camera's bottom to its top
-		/// @param[out] context The context of the current game-session (includes server/squad info)
-		/// @param[out] identity The ingame identity of the player (name)
-		virtual bool fetchPositionalData(Position3D& avatarPos, Vector3D& avatarDir, Vector3D& avatarAxis, Position3D& cameraPos, Vector3D& cameraDir,
-				Vector3D& cameraAxis, QString& context, QString& identity) const;
-		/// Shuts down positional data gathering
-		virtual void shutdownPositionalData();
-		/// Called to indicate that the client has connected to a server
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		virtual void onServerConnected(mumble_connection_t connection) const;
-		/// Called to indicate that the client disconnected from a server
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the connection that has been disconnected
-		virtual void onServerDisconnected(mumble_connection_t connection) const;
-		/// Called to indicate that a user has switched its channel
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		/// @param userID The ID of the user that switched channel
-		/// @param previousChannelID The ID of the channel the user came from (-1 if there is no previous channel)
-		/// æparam newChannelID The ID of the channel the user has switched to
-		virtual void onChannelEntered(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID, mumble_channelid_t previousChannelID,
-				mumble_channelid_t newChannelID) const;
-		/// Called to indicate that a user exited a channel.
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		/// @param userID The ID of the user that switched channel
-		/// @param channelID The ID of the channel the user exited
-		virtual void onChannelExited(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID, mumble_channelid_t channelID) const;
-		/// Called to indicate that a user has changed its talking state
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		/// @param userID The ID of the user that switched channel
-		/// @param talkingState The new talking state of the user
-		virtual void onUserTalkingStateChanged(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID, mumble_talking_state_t talkingState) const;
-		/// Called to indicate that a data packet has been received
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		/// @param sender The ID of the user whose client sent the data
-		/// @param data The actual data
-		/// @param dataLength The length of the data array
-		/// @param datID The ID of the data used to determine whether this plugin handles this data or not
-		/// @returns Whether this plugin handled the data
-		virtual bool onReceiveData(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t sender, const uint8_t *data, size_t dataLength, const char *dataID) const;
-		/// Called to indicate that there is audio input
-		///
-		/// @param inputPCM A pointer to a short array representing the input PCM
-		/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples per channel
-		/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM
-		/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
-		/// @param isSpeech Whether Mumble considers the input as speech
-		/// @returns Whether this pluign has modified the audio
-		virtual bool onAudioInput(short *inputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount, uint32_t sampleRate, bool isSpeech) const;
-		/// Called to indicate that an audio source has been fetched
-		///
-		/// @param outputPCM A pointer to a short array representing the output PCM
-		/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples per channel
-		/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM
-		/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
-		/// @param isSpeech Whether Mumble considers the output as speech
-		/// @param userID The ID of the user responsible for the output (only relevant if isSpeech == true)
-		/// @returns Whether this pluign has modified the audio
-		virtual bool onAudioSourceFetched(float *outputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount, uint32_t sampleRate, bool isSpeech, mumble_userid_t userID) const;
-		/// Called to indicate that audio is about to be played
-		///
-		/// @param outputPCM A pointer to a short array representing the output PCM
-		/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples per channel
-		/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM
-		/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
-		/// @returns Whether this pluign has modified the audio
-		virtual bool onAudioOutputAboutToPlay(float *outputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount, uint32_t sampleRate) const;
-		/// Called when the server has synchronized with the client
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		virtual void onServerSynchronized(mumble_connection_t connection) const;
-		/// Called when a new user gets added to the user model. This is the case when that new user freshly connects to the server the
-		/// local user is on but also when the local user connects to a server other clients are already connected to (in this case this
-		/// method will be called for every client already on that server).
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		/// @param userID The ID of the user that has been added
-		virtual void onUserAdded(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID) const;
-		/// Called when a user gets removed from the user model. This is the case when that user disconnects from the server the
-		/// local user is on but also when the local user disconnects from a server other clients are connected to (in this case this
-		/// method will be called for every client on that server).
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		/// @param userID The ID of the user that has been removed
-		virtual void onUserRemoved(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID) const;
-		/// Called when a new channel gets added to the user model. This is the case when a new channel is created on the server the local
-		/// user is on but also when the local user connects to a server that contains channels other than the root-channel (in this case
-		/// this method will be called for ever non-root channel on that server).
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		/// @param channelID The ID of the channel that has been added
-		virtual void onChannelAdded(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_channelid_t channelID) const;
-		/// Called when a channel gets removed from the user model. This is the case when a channel is removed on the server the local
-		/// user is on but also when the local user disconnects from a server that contains channels other than the root-channel (in this case
-		/// this method will be called for ever non-root channel on that server).
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		/// @param channelID The ID of the channel that has been removed
-		virtual void onChannelRemoved(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_channelid_t channelID) const;
-		/// Called when a channel gets renamed. This also applies when a new channel is created (thus assigning it an initial name is
-		/// also considered renaming).
-		///
-		/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
-		/// @param channelID The ID of the channel that has been renamed
-		virtual void onChannelRenamed(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_channelid_t channelID) const;
-		/// Called when a key has been pressed or released while Mumble has keyboard focus.
-		///
-		/// @param keyCode The key code of the respective key. The character codes are defined
-		/// 	via the KeyCode enum. For printable 7-bit ASCII characters these codes conform
-		/// 	to the ASCII code-page with the only difference that case is not distinguished. Therefore
-		/// 	always the upper-case letter code will be used for letters.
-		/// @param wasPress Whether the key has been pressed (instead of released)
-		virtual void onKeyEvent(mumble_keycode_t keyCode, bool wasPress) const;
-
-
-	public:
-		/// A template function for instantiating new plugin objects and initializing them. The plugin will be allocated on the heap and has
-		/// thus to be deleted via the delete instruction.
-		///
-		/// @tparam T The type of the plugin to be instantiated
-		/// @tparam Ts The types of the contructor arguments
-		/// @param args A list of args passed to the contructor of the plugin object
-		/// @returns A pointer to the allocated plugin
-		///
-		/// @throws PluginError if the plugin could not be loaded
-		template<typename T, typename ... Ts>
-		static T* createNew(Ts&&...args) {
-			static_assert(std::is_base_of<Plugin, T>::value, "The Plugin::create() can only be used to instantiate objects of base-type Plugin");
-			static_assert(!std::is_pointer<T>::value, "Plugin::create() can't be used to instantiate pointers. It will return a pointer automatically");
-
-			T *instancePtr = new T(std::forward<Ts>(args)...);
-
-			// call the initialize-method and throw an exception of it doesn't succeed
-			if (!instancePtr->doInitialize()) {
-				delete instancePtr;
-				// Delete the constructed object to prevent a memory leak
-				throw PluginError("Failed to initialize plugin");
-			}
-
-			return instancePtr;
+private:
+	Q_OBJECT
+	Q_DISABLE_COPY(Plugin)
+protected:
+	/// A mutex guarding Plugin::nextID
+	static QMutex s_idLock;
+	/// The ID of the plugin that will be loaded next. Whenever accessing this field, Plugin::idLock should be locked.
+	static plugin_id_t s_nextID;
+
+	/// Constructor of the Plugin.
+	///
+	/// @param path The path to the plugin's shared library file. This path has to exist unless isBuiltIn is true
+	/// @param isBuiltIn A flag indicating that this is a plugin built into Mumble itself and is does not backed by a
+	/// shared library
+	/// @param p A pointer to a QObject representing the parent of this object or nullptr if there is no parent
+	Plugin(QString path, bool isBuiltIn = false, QObject *p = nullptr);
+
+	/// A flag indicating whether this plugin is valid. It is mainly used throughout the plugin's initialization.
+	bool m_pluginIsValid;
+	/// The QLibrary representing the shared library of this plugin
+	QLibrary m_lib;
+	/// The path to the shared library file in the host's filesystem
+	QString m_pluginPath;
+	/// The unique ID of this plugin. Note though that this ID is not suitable for uniquely identifying this plugin
+	/// between restarts of Mumble (not even between rescans of the plugins) let alone across clients.
+	plugin_id_t m_pluginID;
+	// a flag indicating whether this plugin has been loaded by calling its init function.
+	bool m_pluginIsLoaded;
+	/// The lock guarding this plugin object. Every time a member is accessed this lock should be locked accordingly.
+	/// After successful construction and initialization (doInitilize()), this member variable is effectively const
+	/// and therefore no locking is required in order to read from it!
+	/// In fact protecting read-accesses by a non-recursive lock can introduce deadlocks by plugins using certain
+	/// API functions.
+	mutable QReadWriteLock m_pluginLock;
+	/// The struct holding the function pointers to the functions in the shared library.
+	MumblePluginFunctions m_pluginFnc;
+	/// A flag indicating whether this plugin is built into Mumble and is thus not represented by a shared library.
+	bool m_isBuiltIn;
+	/// A flag indicating whether positional data gathering is enabled for this plugin (Enabled as in allowed via
+	/// preferences).
+	bool m_positionalDataIsEnabled;
+	/// A flag indicating whether positional data gathering is currently active (Active as in running)
+	bool m_positionalDataIsActive;
+	/// A flag indicating whether this plugin has permission to monitor keyboard events that occur while
+	/// Mumble has the keyboard focus.
+	bool m_mayMonitorKeyboard;
+
+
+	QString extractWrappedString(MumbleStringWrapper wrapper) const;
+
+
+	// Most of this class's functions are protected in order to only allow access to them via the PluginManager
+	// as some require additional handling before/after calling them.
+
+	/// Initializes this plugin. This function must be called directly after construction. This is guaranteed when the
+	/// plugin is created via Plugin::createNew
+	virtual bool doInitialize();
+	/// Resolves the function pointers in the shared library and sets the respective fields in Plugin::apiFnc
+	virtual void resolveFunctionPointers();
+	/// Enables positional data gathering for this plugin (as in allowing)
+	///
+	/// @param enable Whether to enable the data gathering
+	virtual void enablePositionalData(bool enable = true);
+	/// Allows or forbids the monitoring of keyboard events for this plugin.
+	///
+	/// @param allow Whether to allow or forbid it
+	virtual void allowKeyboardMonitoring(bool allow);
+
+
+	/// Initializes this plugin
+	virtual mumble_error_t init();
+	/// Shuts this plugin down
+	virtual void shutdown();
+	/// Delegates the struct of API function pointers to the plugin backend
+	///
+	/// @param api The pointer to the API struct
+	virtual void registerAPIFunctions(void *api) const;
+	/// Asks the plugin to release (free/delete) the resource pointed to by the given pointer
+	///
+	/// @param pointer Pointer to the resource
+	virtual void releaseResource(const void *pointer) const;
+	/// Provides the plugin backend with some version information about Mumble
+	///
+	/// @param mumbleVersion The version of the Mumble client
+	/// @param mumbleAPIVersion The API version used by the Mumble client
+	/// @param minimalExpectedAPIVersion The minimal API version expected to be used by the plugin backend
+	virtual void setMumbleInfo(mumble_version_t mumbleVersion, mumble_version_t mumbleAPIVersion,
+							   mumble_version_t minimalExpectedAPIVersion) const;
+	/// Asks the plugin to deactivate certain features
+	///
+	/// @param features The feature list or'ed together
+	/// @returns The list of features that couldn't be deactivated or'ed together
+	virtual uint32_t deactivateFeatures(uint32_t features) const;
+	/// Shows an about-dialog
+	///
+	/// @parent A pointer to the QWidget that should be used as a parent
+	/// @returns Whether the dialog could be shown successfully
+	virtual bool showAboutDialog(QWidget *parent) const;
+	/// Shows a config-dialog
+	///
+	/// @parent A pointer to the QWidget that should be used as a parent
+	/// @returns Whether the dialog could be shown successfully
+	virtual bool showConfigDialog(QWidget *parent) const;
+	/// Initializes the positional data gathering
+	///
+	/// @params programNames A pointer to an array of const char* representing the program names
+	/// @params programCount A pointer to an array of PIDs corresponding to the program names
+	/// @params programCount The length of the two previous arrays
+	virtual uint8_t initPositionalData(const char *const *programNames, const uint64_t *programPIDs,
+									   size_t programCount);
+	/// Fetches the positional data
+	///
+	/// @param[out] avatarPos The position of the ingame avatar (player)
+	/// @param[out] avatarDir The directiion in which the avatar (player) is looking/facing
+	/// @param[out] avatarAxis The vector from the avatar's toes to its head
+	/// @param[out] cameraPos The position of the ingame camera
+	/// @param[out] cameraDir The direction in which the camera is looking/facing
+	/// @param[out] cameraAxis The vector from the camera's bottom to its top
+	/// @param[out] context The context of the current game-session (includes server/squad info)
+	/// @param[out] identity The ingame identity of the player (name)
+	virtual bool fetchPositionalData(Position3D &avatarPos, Vector3D &avatarDir, Vector3D &avatarAxis,
+									 Position3D &cameraPos, Vector3D &cameraDir, Vector3D &cameraAxis, QString &context,
+									 QString &identity) const;
+	/// Shuts down positional data gathering
+	virtual void shutdownPositionalData();
+	/// Called to indicate that the client has connected to a server
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	virtual void onServerConnected(mumble_connection_t connection) const;
+	/// Called to indicate that the client disconnected from a server
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the connection that has been disconnected
+	virtual void onServerDisconnected(mumble_connection_t connection) const;
+	/// Called to indicate that a user has switched its channel
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	/// @param userID The ID of the user that switched channel
+	/// @param previousChannelID The ID of the channel the user came from (-1 if there is no previous channel)
+	/// æparam newChannelID The ID of the channel the user has switched to
+	virtual void onChannelEntered(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID,
+								  mumble_channelid_t previousChannelID, mumble_channelid_t newChannelID) const;
+	/// Called to indicate that a user exited a channel.
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	/// @param userID The ID of the user that switched channel
+	/// @param channelID The ID of the channel the user exited
+	virtual void onChannelExited(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID,
+								 mumble_channelid_t channelID) const;
+	/// Called to indicate that a user has changed its talking state
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	/// @param userID The ID of the user that switched channel
+	/// @param talkingState The new talking state of the user
+	virtual void onUserTalkingStateChanged(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID,
+										   mumble_talking_state_t talkingState) const;
+	/// Called to indicate that a data packet has been received
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	/// @param sender The ID of the user whose client sent the data
+	/// @param data The actual data
+	/// @param dataLength The length of the data array
+	/// @param datID The ID of the data used to determine whether this plugin handles this data or not
+	/// @returns Whether this plugin handled the data
+	virtual bool onReceiveData(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t sender, const uint8_t *data,
+							   size_t dataLength, const char *dataID) const;
+	/// Called to indicate that there is audio input
+	///
+	/// @param inputPCM A pointer to a short array representing the input PCM
+	/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples per channel
+	/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM
+	/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
+	/// @param isSpeech Whether Mumble considers the input as speech
+	/// @returns Whether this pluign has modified the audio
+	virtual bool onAudioInput(short *inputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount, uint32_t sampleRate,
+							  bool isSpeech) const;
+	/// Called to indicate that an audio source has been fetched
+	///
+	/// @param outputPCM A pointer to a short array representing the output PCM
+	/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples per channel
+	/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM
+	/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
+	/// @param isSpeech Whether Mumble considers the output as speech
+	/// @param userID The ID of the user responsible for the output (only relevant if isSpeech == true)
+	/// @returns Whether this pluign has modified the audio
+	virtual bool onAudioSourceFetched(float *outputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount,
+									  uint32_t sampleRate, bool isSpeech, mumble_userid_t userID) const;
+	/// Called to indicate that audio is about to be played
+	///
+	/// @param outputPCM A pointer to a short array representing the output PCM
+	/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples per channel
+	/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM
+	/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
+	/// @returns Whether this pluign has modified the audio
+	virtual bool onAudioOutputAboutToPlay(float *outputPCM, uint32_t sampleCount, uint16_t channelCount,
+										  uint32_t sampleRate) const;
+	/// Called when the server has synchronized with the client
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	virtual void onServerSynchronized(mumble_connection_t connection) const;
+	/// Called when a new user gets added to the user model. This is the case when that new user freshly connects to the
+	/// server the local user is on but also when the local user connects to a server other clients are already
+	/// connected to (in this case this method will be called for every client already on that server).
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	/// @param userID The ID of the user that has been added
+	virtual void onUserAdded(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID) const;
+	/// Called when a user gets removed from the user model. This is the case when that user disconnects from the server
+	/// the local user is on but also when the local user disconnects from a server other clients are connected to (in
+	/// this case this method will be called for every client on that server).
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	/// @param userID The ID of the user that has been removed
+	virtual void onUserRemoved(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_userid_t userID) const;
+	/// Called when a new channel gets added to the user model. This is the case when a new channel is created on the
+	/// server the local user is on but also when the local user connects to a server that contains channels other than
+	/// the root-channel (in this case this method will be called for ever non-root channel on that server).
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	/// @param channelID The ID of the channel that has been added
+	virtual void onChannelAdded(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_channelid_t channelID) const;
+	/// Called when a channel gets removed from the user model. This is the case when a channel is removed on the server
+	/// the local user is on but also when the local user disconnects from a server that contains channels other than
+	/// the root-channel (in this case this method will be called for ever non-root channel on that server).
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	/// @param channelID The ID of the channel that has been removed
+	virtual void onChannelRemoved(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_channelid_t channelID) const;
+	/// Called when a channel gets renamed. This also applies when a new channel is created (thus assigning it an
+	/// initial name is also considered renaming).
+	///
+	/// @param connection An object used to identify the current connection
+	/// @param channelID The ID of the channel that has been renamed
+	virtual void onChannelRenamed(mumble_connection_t connection, mumble_channelid_t channelID) const;
+	/// Called when a key has been pressed or released while Mumble has keyboard focus.
+	///
+	/// @param keyCode The key code of the respective key. The character codes are defined
+	/// 	via the KeyCode enum. For printable 7-bit ASCII characters these codes conform
+	/// 	to the ASCII code-page with the only difference that case is not distinguished. Therefore
+	/// 	always the upper-case letter code will be used for letters.
+	/// @param wasPress Whether the key has been pressed (instead of released)
+	virtual void onKeyEvent(mumble_keycode_t keyCode, bool wasPress) const;
+
+
+public:
+	/// A template function for instantiating new plugin objects and initializing them. The plugin will be allocated on
+	/// the heap and has thus to be deleted via the delete instruction.
+	///
+	/// @tparam T The type of the plugin to be instantiated
+	/// @tparam Ts The types of the contructor arguments
+	/// @param args A list of args passed to the contructor of the plugin object
+	/// @returns A pointer to the allocated plugin
+	///
+	/// @throws PluginError if the plugin could not be loaded
+	template< typename T, typename... Ts > static T *createNew(Ts &&... args) {
+		static_assert(std::is_base_of< Plugin, T >::value,
+					  "The Plugin::create() can only be used to instantiate objects of base-type Plugin");
+		static_assert(!std::is_pointer< T >::value,
+					  "Plugin::create() can't be used to instantiate pointers. It will return a pointer automatically");
+
+		T *instancePtr = new T(std::forward< Ts >(args)...);
+
+		// call the initialize-method and throw an exception of it doesn't succeed
+		if (!instancePtr->doInitialize()) {
+			delete instancePtr;
+			// Delete the constructed object to prevent a memory leak
+			throw PluginError("Failed to initialize plugin");
 		}
 
-		/// Destructor
-		virtual ~Plugin() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
-		/// @returns Whether this plugin is in a valid state
-		virtual bool isValid() const;
-		/// @returns Whether this plugin is loaded (has been initialized via Plugin::init())
-		virtual bool isLoaded() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
-		/// @returns The unique ID of this plugin. This ID holds only as long as this plugin isn't "reconstructed".
-		virtual plugin_id_t getID() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
-		/// @returns Whether this plugin is built into Mumble (thus not backed by a shared library)
-		virtual bool isBuiltInPlugin() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
-		/// @returns The path to the shared library in the host's filesystem
-		virtual QString getFilePath() const;
-		/// @returns Whether positional data gathering is enabled (as in allowed via preferences)
-		virtual bool isPositionalDataEnabled() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
-		/// @returns Whether positional data gathering is currently active (as in running)
-		virtual bool isPositionalDataActive() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
-		/// @returns Whether this plugin is currently allowed to monitor keyboard events
-		virtual bool isKeyboardMonitoringAllowed() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
-
-
-		/// @returns Whether this plugin provides an about-dialog
-		virtual bool providesAboutDialog() const;
-		/// @returns Whether this plugin provides an config-dialog
-		virtual bool providesConfigDialog() const;
-		/// @returns The name of this plugin
-		virtual QString getName() const;
-		/// @returns The API version this plugin intends to use
-		virtual mumble_version_t getAPIVersion() const;
-		/// @returns The version of this plugin
-		virtual mumble_version_t getVersion() const;
-		/// @returns The author of this plugin
-		virtual QString getAuthor() const;
-		/// @returns The plugin's description
-		virtual QString getDescription() const;
-		/// @returns The plugin's features or'ed together (See the PluginFeature enum in MumblePlugin.h for what features are available)
-		virtual uint32_t getFeatures() const;
-		/// @return Whether the plugin has found a new/updated version of itself available for download
-		virtual bool hasUpdate() const;
-		/// @return The URL to download the updated plugin. May be empty
-		virtual QUrl getUpdateDownloadURL() const;
+		return instancePtr;
+	}
+
+	/// Destructor
+	virtual ~Plugin() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
+	/// @returns Whether this plugin is in a valid state
+	virtual bool isValid() const;
+	/// @returns Whether this plugin is loaded (has been initialized via Plugin::init())
+	virtual bool isLoaded() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
+	/// @returns The unique ID of this plugin. This ID holds only as long as this plugin isn't "reconstructed".
+	virtual plugin_id_t getID() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
+	/// @returns Whether this plugin is built into Mumble (thus not backed by a shared library)
+	virtual bool isBuiltInPlugin() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
+	/// @returns The path to the shared library in the host's filesystem
+	virtual QString getFilePath() const;
+	/// @returns Whether positional data gathering is enabled (as in allowed via preferences)
+	virtual bool isPositionalDataEnabled() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
+	/// @returns Whether positional data gathering is currently active (as in running)
+	virtual bool isPositionalDataActive() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
+	/// @returns Whether this plugin is currently allowed to monitor keyboard events
+	virtual bool isKeyboardMonitoringAllowed() const Q_DECL_FINAL;
+
+
+	/// @returns Whether this plugin provides an about-dialog
+	virtual bool providesAboutDialog() const;
+	/// @returns Whether this plugin provides an config-dialog
+	virtual bool providesConfigDialog() const;
+	/// @returns The name of this plugin
+	virtual QString getName() const;
+	/// @returns The API version this plugin intends to use
+	virtual mumble_version_t getAPIVersion() const;
+	/// @returns The version of this plugin
+	virtual mumble_version_t getVersion() const;
+	/// @returns The author of this plugin
+	virtual QString getAuthor() const;
+	/// @returns The plugin's description
+	virtual QString getDescription() const;
+	/// @returns The plugin's features or'ed together (See the PluginFeature enum in MumblePlugin.h for what features
+	/// are available)
+	virtual uint32_t getFeatures() const;
+	/// @return Whether the plugin has found a new/updated version of itself available for download
+	virtual bool hasUpdate() const;
+	/// @return The URL to download the updated plugin. May be empty
+	virtual QUrl getUpdateDownloadURL() const;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/mumble/PluginConfig.cpp b/src/mumble/PluginConfig.cpp
index e70877067..6b1c1dd31 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PluginConfig.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/PluginConfig.cpp
@@ -7,20 +7,20 @@
 
 #include "Log.h"
 #include "MainWindow.h"
+#include "ManualPlugin.h"
 #include "Message.h"
-#include "ServerHandler.h"
-#include "WebFetch.h"
 #include "MumbleApplication.h"
-#include "ManualPlugin.h"
-#include "Utils.h"
 #include "PluginInstaller.h"
 #include "PluginManager.h"
+#include "ServerHandler.h"
+#include "Utils.h"
+#include "WebFetch.h"
 
-#include <QtWidgets/QMessageBox>
-#include <QtCore/QUrl>
 #include <QtCore/QDir>
 #include <QtCore/QStandardPaths>
+#include <QtCore/QUrl>
 #include <QtWidgets/QFileDialog>
+#include <QtWidgets/QMessageBox>
 #include "Global.h"
 
 const QString PluginConfig::name = QLatin1String("PluginConfig");
@@ -74,7 +74,8 @@ void PluginConfig::on_qpbInstallPlugin_clicked() {
 			// Reload plugins so the new one actually shows up
 			on_qpbReload_clicked();
 
-			QMessageBox::information(this, "Mumble", tr("The plugin was installed successfully"), QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::NoButton);
+			QMessageBox::information(this, "Mumble", tr("The plugin was installed successfully"), QMessageBox::Ok,
+									 QMessageBox::NoButton);
 		}
 	} catch (const PluginInstallException &e) {
 		QMessageBox::critical(this, "Mumble", e.getMessage(), QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::NoButton);
@@ -91,15 +92,14 @@ void PluginConfig::save() const {
 		Global::get().pluginManager->unlinkPositionalData();
 	}
 
-	constexpr int enableCol = 1;
-	constexpr int positionalDataCol = 2;
+	constexpr int enableCol          = 1;
+	constexpr int positionalDataCol  = 2;
 	constexpr int keyboardMonitorCol = 3;
 
-	QList<QTreeWidgetItem *> list = qtwPlugins->findItems(QString(), Qt::MatchContains);
-	for(QTreeWidgetItem *i : list) {
-
-		bool enable = (i->checkState(enableCol) == Qt::Checked);
-		bool positionalDataEnabled = (i->checkState(positionalDataCol) == Qt::Checked);
+	QList< QTreeWidgetItem * > list = qtwPlugins->findItems(QString(), Qt::MatchContains);
+	for (QTreeWidgetItem *i : list) {
+		bool enable                    = (i->checkState(enableCol) == Qt::Checked);
+		bool positionalDataEnabled     = (i->checkState(positionalDataCol) == Qt::Checked);
 		bool keyboardMonitoringEnabled = (i->checkState(keyboardMonitorCol) == Qt::Checked);
 
 		const_plugin_ptr_t plugin = pluginForItem(i);
@@ -122,10 +122,13 @@ void PluginConfig::save() const {
 					}
 
 					if (featuresToDeactivate != FEATURE_NONE) {
-						uint32_t remainingFeatures = Global::get().pluginManager->deactivateFeaturesFor(plugin->getID(), featuresToDeactivate);
+						uint32_t remainingFeatures =
+							Global::get().pluginManager->deactivateFeaturesFor(plugin->getID(), featuresToDeactivate);
 
 						if (remainingFeatures != FEATURE_NONE) {
-							Global::get().l->log(Log::Warning, tr("Unable to deactivate all requested features for plugin \"%1\"").arg(plugin->getName()));
+							Global::get().l->log(Log::Warning,
+												 tr("Unable to deactivate all requested features for plugin \"%1\"")
+													 .arg(plugin->getName()));
 						}
 					}
 				} else {
@@ -137,8 +140,10 @@ void PluginConfig::save() const {
 				Global::get().pluginManager->unloadPlugin(plugin->getID());
 			}
 
-			QString pluginKey = QLatin1String(QCryptographicHash::hash(plugin->getFilePath().toUtf8(), QCryptographicHash::Sha1).toHex());
-			s.qhPluginSettings.insert(pluginKey, { plugin->getFilePath(), enable, positionalDataEnabled, keyboardMonitoringEnabled });
+			QString pluginKey = QLatin1String(
+				QCryptographicHash::hash(plugin->getFilePath().toUtf8(), QCryptographicHash::Sha1).toHex());
+			s.qhPluginSettings.insert(
+				pluginKey, { plugin->getFilePath(), enable, positionalDataEnabled, keyboardMonitoringEnabled });
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -157,7 +162,8 @@ void PluginConfig::on_qpbConfig_clicked() {
 	if (plugin) {
 		if (!plugin->showConfigDialog(this)) {
 			// if the plugin doesn't support showing such a dialog, we'll show a default one
-			QMessageBox::information(this, QLatin1String("Mumble"), tr("Plugin has no configure function."), QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::NoButton);
+			QMessageBox::information(this, QLatin1String("Mumble"), tr("Plugin has no configure function."),
+									 QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::NoButton);
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -168,7 +174,8 @@ void PluginConfig::on_qpbAbout_clicked() {
 	if (plugin) {
 		if (!plugin->showAboutDialog(this)) {
 			// if the plugin doesn't support showing such a dialog, we'll show a default one
-			QMessageBox::information(this, QLatin1String("Mumble"), tr("Plugin has no about function."), QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::NoButton);
+			QMessageBox::information(this, QLatin1String("Mumble"), tr("Plugin has no about function."),
+									 QMessageBox::Ok, QMessageBox::NoButton);
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -203,13 +210,13 @@ void PluginConfig::refillPluginList() {
 	qtwPlugins->clear();
 
 	// get plugins already sorted according to their name
-	const QVector<const_plugin_ptr_t > plugins = Global::get().pluginManager->getPlugins(true);
+	const QVector< const_plugin_ptr_t > plugins = Global::get().pluginManager->getPlugins(true);
 
-	foreach(const_plugin_ptr_t currentPlugin, plugins) {
+	foreach (const_plugin_ptr_t currentPlugin, plugins) {
 		QTreeWidgetItem *i = new QTreeWidgetItem(qtwPlugins);
 		i->setFlags(Qt::ItemIsUserCheckable | Qt::ItemIsEnabled | Qt::ItemIsSelectable);
 		i->setCheckState(1, currentPlugin->isLoaded() ? Qt::Checked : Qt::Unchecked);
-		
+
 		if (currentPlugin->getFeatures() & FEATURE_POSITIONAL) {
 			i->setCheckState(2, currentPlugin->isPositionalDataEnabled() ? Qt::Checked : Qt::Unchecked);
 			i->setToolTip(2, tr("Whether the positional audio feature of this plugin should be enabled"));
@@ -218,7 +225,8 @@ void PluginConfig::refillPluginList() {
 		}
 
 		i->setCheckState(3, currentPlugin->isKeyboardMonitoringAllowed() ? Qt::Checked : Qt::Unchecked);
-		i->setToolTip(3, tr("Whether this plugin has the permission to be listening to all keyboard events that occur while Mumble has focus"));
+		i->setToolTip(3, tr("Whether this plugin has the permission to be listening to all keyboard events that occur "
+							"while Mumble has focus"));
 
 		i->setText(0, currentPlugin->getName());
 		i->setToolTip(0, currentPlugin->getDescription().toHtmlEscaped());
diff --git a/src/mumble/PluginConfig.h b/src/mumble/PluginConfig.h
index cab9ce7b3..807422085 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PluginConfig.h
+++ b/src/mumble/PluginConfig.h
@@ -7,60 +7,61 @@
 #define MUMBLE_MUMBLE_PLUGINS_H_
 
 #include "ConfigDialog.h"
-#include "ui_PluginConfig.h"
 #include "Plugin.h"
+#include "ui_PluginConfig.h"
 
-#include <QtCore/QObject>
 #include <QtCore/QMutex>
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
 #include <QtCore/QReadWriteLock>
 
 struct PluginInfo;
 
 class PluginConfig : public ConfigWidget, public Ui::PluginConfig {
-	private:
-		Q_OBJECT
-		Q_DISABLE_COPY(PluginConfig)
-	protected:
-		/// Clears and (re-) populates the plugin list in the UI with the currently available plugins
-		void refillPluginList();
-		/// @param item The QTreeWidgetItem to retrieve the plugin for
-		/// @returns The plugin corresponding to the provided item
-		const_plugin_ptr_t pluginForItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item) const;
-	public:
-		/// The unique name of this ConfigWidget
-		static const QString name;
-		/// Constructor
-		///
-		/// @param st The settings object to work on
-		PluginConfig(Settings &st);
-		/// @returns The title of this widget
-		virtual QString title() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
-		/// @returns The name of this ConfigWidget
-		const QString &getName() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
-		/// @returns The icon for this widget
-		virtual QIcon icon() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
-	public slots:
-		/// Saves the current configuration to the respective settings object
-		void save() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
-		/// Loads the transmit-position from the provided settings object
-		///
-		/// @param The setting sobject to read from
-		void load(const Settings &r) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
-		/// Slot triggered when the install-button in the UI has been clicked
-		void on_qpbInstallPlugin_clicked();
-		/// Slot triggered when the config-button in the UI has been clicked
-		void on_qpbConfig_clicked();
-		/// Slot triggered when the about-button in the UI has been clicked
-		void on_qpbAbout_clicked();
-		/// Slot triggered when the reload-button in the UI has been clicked
-		void on_qpbReload_clicked();
-		/// Slot triggered when the unload-button in the UI has been clicked
-		void on_qpbUnload_clicked();
-		/// Slot triggered when the selection in the plugin list hast changed
-		///
-		/// @param current The currently selected item
-		/// @param old The previously selected item (if applicable - otherwise NULL/nullptr)
-		void on_qtwPlugins_currentItemChanged(QTreeWidgetItem *current, QTreeWidgetItem *old);
+private:
+	Q_OBJECT
+	Q_DISABLE_COPY(PluginConfig)
+protected:
+	/// Clears and (re-) populates the plugin list in the UI with the currently available plugins
+	void refillPluginList();
+	/// @param item The QTreeWidgetItem to retrieve the plugin for
+	/// @returns The plugin corresponding to the provided item
+	const_plugin_ptr_t pluginForItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item) const;
+
+public:
+	/// The unique name of this ConfigWidget
+	static const QString name;
+	/// Constructor
+	///
+	/// @param st The settings object to work on
+	PluginConfig(Settings &st);
+	/// @returns The title of this widget
+	virtual QString title() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
+	/// @returns The name of this ConfigWidget
+	const QString &getName() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
+	/// @returns The icon for this widget
+	virtual QIcon icon() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
+public slots:
+	/// Saves the current configuration to the respective settings object
+	void save() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
+	/// Loads the transmit-position from the provided settings object
+	///
+	/// @param The setting sobject to read from
+	void load(const Settings &r) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
+	/// Slot triggered when the install-button in the UI has been clicked
+	void on_qpbInstallPlugin_clicked();
+	/// Slot triggered when the config-button in the UI has been clicked
+	void on_qpbConfig_clicked();
+	/// Slot triggered when the about-button in the UI has been clicked
+	void on_qpbAbout_clicked();
+	/// Slot triggered when the reload-button in the UI has been clicked
+	void on_qpbReload_clicked();
+	/// Slot triggered when the unload-button in the UI has been clicked
+	void on_qpbUnload_clicked();
+	/// Slot triggered when the selection in the plugin list hast changed
+	///
+	/// @param current The currently selected item
+	/// @param old The previously selected item (if applicable - otherwise NULL/nullptr)
+	void on_qtwPlugins_currentItemChanged(QTreeWidgetItem *current, QTreeWidgetItem *old);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/mumble/PluginInstaller.cpp b/src/mumble/PluginInstaller.cpp
index 41494d64e..f9c7a9a35 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PluginInstaller.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/PluginInstaller.cpp
@@ -6,25 +6,24 @@
 #include "PluginInstaller.h"
 #include "Global.h"
 
-#include <QtCore/QString>
+#include <QtCore/QDir>
 #include <QtCore/QException>
 #include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QString>
 #include <QtCore/QStringList>
-#include <QtCore/QDir>
 
 #include <QtGui/QIcon>
 
 #include <exception>
-#include <string>
 #include <fstream>
+#include <string>
 
+#include <Poco/Exception.h>
+#include <Poco/StreamCopier.h>
 #include <Poco/Zip/ZipArchive.h>
 #include <Poco/Zip/ZipStream.h>
-#include <Poco/StreamCopier.h>
-#include <Poco/Exception.h>
 
-PluginInstallException::PluginInstallException(const QString& msg)
-	: m_msg(msg) {
+PluginInstallException::PluginInstallException(const QString &msg) : m_msg(msg) {
 }
 
 QString PluginInstallException::getMessage() const {
@@ -33,14 +32,14 @@ QString PluginInstallException::getMessage() const {
 
 const QString PluginInstaller::pluginFileExtension = QLatin1String("mumble_plugin");
 
-bool PluginInstaller::canBePluginFile(const QFileInfo& fileInfo) noexcept {
+bool PluginInstaller::canBePluginFile(const QFileInfo &fileInfo) noexcept {
 	if (!fileInfo.isFile()) {
 		// A plugin file has to be a file (obviously)
 		return false;
 	}
 
 	if (fileInfo.suffix().compare(PluginInstaller::pluginFileExtension, Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0
-			|| fileInfo.suffix().compare(QLatin1String("zip"), Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0) {
+		|| fileInfo.suffix().compare(QLatin1String("zip"), Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0) {
 		// A plugin file has either the extension given in PluginInstaller::pluginFileExtension or zip
 		return true;
 	}
@@ -49,12 +48,8 @@ bool PluginInstaller::canBePluginFile(const QFileInfo& fileInfo) noexcept {
 	return QLibrary::isLibrary(fileInfo.fileName());
 }
 
-PluginInstaller::PluginInstaller(const QFileInfo& fileInfo, QWidget *p)
-	: QDialog(p),
-	  m_pluginArchive(fileInfo),
-	  m_plugin(nullptr),
-	  m_pluginSource(),
-	  m_pluginDestination(),
+PluginInstaller::PluginInstaller(const QFileInfo &fileInfo, QWidget *p)
+	: QDialog(p), m_pluginArchive(fileInfo), m_plugin(nullptr), m_pluginSource(), m_pluginDestination(),
 	  m_copyPlugin(false) {
 	setupUi(this);
 
@@ -96,8 +91,11 @@ void PluginInstaller::init() {
 				if (QLibrary::isLibrary(currentFileName)) {
 					if (!pluginName.isEmpty()) {
 						// There seem to be multiple plugins in here. That's not allowed
-						throw PluginInstallException(tr("Found more than one plugin library for the current OS in \"%1\" (\"%2\" and \"%3\")!").arg(
-									m_pluginArchive.fileName()).arg(pluginName).arg(currentFileName));
+						throw PluginInstallException(
+							tr("Found more than one plugin library for the current OS in \"%1\" (\"%2\" and \"%3\")!")
+								.arg(m_pluginArchive.fileName())
+								.arg(pluginName)
+								.arg(currentFileName));
 					}
 
 					pluginName = currentFileName;
@@ -107,22 +105,24 @@ void PluginInstaller::init() {
 			}
 
 			if (pluginName.isEmpty()) {
-				throw PluginInstallException(tr("Unable to find a plugin for the current OS in \"%1\"").arg(m_pluginArchive.fileName()));
+				throw PluginInstallException(
+					tr("Unable to find a plugin for the current OS in \"%1\"").arg(m_pluginArchive.fileName()));
 			}
 
 			// Unpack the plugin library into the tmp dir
 			// We don't have to create the directory structure as we're only interested in the library itself
 			QString tmpPluginPath = QDir::temp().filePath(QFileInfo(pluginName).fileName());
-			auto pluginIt = archive.findHeader(pluginName.toStdString());
+			auto pluginIt         = archive.findHeader(pluginName.toStdString());
 			zipInput.clear();
 			Poco::Zip::ZipInputStream zipin(zipInput, pluginIt->second);
 			std::ofstream out(tmpPluginPath.toStdString());
 			Poco::StreamCopier::copyStream(zipin, out);
 
 			m_pluginSource = QFileInfo(tmpPluginPath);
-		} catch(const Poco::Exception &e) {
+		} catch (const Poco::Exception &e) {
 			// Something didn't work out during the Zip processing
-			throw PluginInstallException(QString::fromStdString(std::string("Failed to process zip archive: ") + e.message()));
+			throw PluginInstallException(
+				QString::fromStdString(std::string("Failed to process zip archive: ") + e.message()));
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -130,9 +130,10 @@ void PluginInstaller::init() {
 
 	// Try to load the plugin up to see if it is actually valid
 	try {
-		m_plugin = Plugin::createNew<Plugin>(m_pluginSource.absoluteFilePath());
-	} catch(const PluginError&) {
-		throw PluginInstallException(tr("Unable to load plugin \"%1\" - check the plugin interface!").arg(pluginFileName));
+		m_plugin = Plugin::createNew< Plugin >(m_pluginSource.absoluteFilePath());
+	} catch (const PluginError &) {
+		throw PluginInstallException(
+			tr("Unable to load plugin \"%1\" - check the plugin interface!").arg(pluginFileName));
 	}
 
 	m_pluginDestination = QFileInfo(QString::fromLatin1("%1/%2").arg(getInstallDir()).arg(pluginFileName));
@@ -141,11 +142,12 @@ void PluginInstaller::init() {
 	// Now that we located the plugin, it is time to fill in its details in the UI
 	qlName->setText(m_plugin->getName());
 
-	mumble_version_t pluginVersion = m_plugin->getVersion();
+	mumble_version_t pluginVersion  = m_plugin->getVersion();
 	mumble_version_t usedAPIVersion = m_plugin->getAPIVersion();
-	qlVersion->setText(QString::fromLatin1("%1 (API %2)").arg(pluginVersion == VERSION_UNKNOWN ?
-				"Unknown" : static_cast<QString>(pluginVersion)).arg(
-				usedAPIVersion == VERSION_UNKNOWN ? "Unknown" : static_cast<QString>(usedAPIVersion)));
+	qlVersion->setText(
+		QString::fromLatin1("%1 (API %2)")
+			.arg(pluginVersion == VERSION_UNKNOWN ? "Unknown" : static_cast< QString >(pluginVersion))
+			.arg(usedAPIVersion == VERSION_UNKNOWN ? "Unknown" : static_cast< QString >(usedAPIVersion)));
 
 	qlAuthor->setText(m_plugin->getAuthor());
 
@@ -166,19 +168,22 @@ void PluginInstaller::install() const {
 	if (m_pluginDestination.exists()) {
 		// Delete old version first
 		if (!QFile(m_pluginDestination.absoluteFilePath()).remove()) {
-			throw PluginInstallException(tr("Unable to delete old plugin at \"%1\"").arg(m_pluginDestination.absoluteFilePath()));
+			throw PluginInstallException(
+				tr("Unable to delete old plugin at \"%1\"").arg(m_pluginDestination.absoluteFilePath()));
 		}
 	}
 
 	if (m_copyPlugin) {
 		if (!QFile(m_pluginSource.absoluteFilePath()).copy(m_pluginDestination.absoluteFilePath())) {
-			throw PluginInstallException(tr("Unable to copy plugin library from \"%1\" to \"%2\"").arg(m_pluginSource.absoluteFilePath()).arg(
-						m_pluginDestination.absoluteFilePath()));
+			throw PluginInstallException(tr("Unable to copy plugin library from \"%1\" to \"%2\"")
+											 .arg(m_pluginSource.absoluteFilePath())
+											 .arg(m_pluginDestination.absoluteFilePath()));
 		}
 	} else {
 		// Move the plugin into the respective dir
 		if (!QFile(m_pluginSource.absoluteFilePath()).rename(m_pluginDestination.absoluteFilePath())) {
-			throw PluginInstallException(tr("Unable to move plugin library to \"%1\"").arg(m_pluginDestination.absoluteFilePath()));
+			throw PluginInstallException(
+				tr("Unable to move plugin library to \"%1\"").arg(m_pluginDestination.absoluteFilePath()));
 		}
 	}
 }
diff --git a/src/mumble/PluginInstaller.h b/src/mumble/PluginInstaller.h
index d8df3c303..e092ee8f9 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PluginInstaller.h
+++ b/src/mumble/PluginInstaller.h
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
 #define MUMBLE_MUMBLE_PLUGININSTALLER_H_
 
 
-#include <QtCore/QFileInfo>
 #include <QtCore/QException>
+#include <QtCore/QFileInfo>
 
 #include "Plugin.h"
 
@@ -16,69 +16,72 @@
 
 /// An exception thrown by the PluginInstaller
 class PluginInstallException : public QException {
-	protected:
-		/// The exception's message
-		QString m_msg;
-	public:
-		/// @param msg The message stating why this exception has been thrown
-		PluginInstallException(const QString& msg);
-
-		/// @returns This exception's message
-		QString getMessage() const;
+protected:
+	/// The exception's message
+	QString m_msg;
+
+public:
+	/// @param msg The message stating why this exception has been thrown
+	PluginInstallException(const QString &msg);
+
+	/// @returns This exception's message
+	QString getMessage() const;
 };
 
 /// The PluginInstaller can be used to install plugins into Mumble. It verifies that the respective
 /// plugin is functional and will automatiacally copy/move the plugin library to the respective
 /// directory on the FileSystem.
 class PluginInstaller : public QDialog, public Ui::PluginInstaller {
-	private:
-		Q_OBJECT;
-		Q_DISABLE_COPY(PluginInstaller);
-	protected:
-		/// The file the installer has been invoked on
-		QFileInfo m_pluginArchive;
-		/// A pointer to the plugin instance created from the plugin library that shall be installed
-		Plugin *m_plugin;
-		/// The actual plugin library file
-		QFileInfo m_pluginSource;
-		/// The destinaton file to which the plugin library shall be copied
-		QFileInfo m_pluginDestination;
-		/// A flag indicating that the plugin library shall be copied instead of moved in order
-		/// to install it.
-		bool m_copyPlugin;
-
-		/// Initializes this installer by processing the provided plugin source and filling all
-		/// internal fields. This function is called from the constructor.
-		///
-		/// @throws PluginInstallException If something isn't right or goes wrong
-		void init();
-	public:
-		/// The "special" file-extension associated with Mumble plugins
-		static const QString pluginFileExtension;
-
-		/// A helper function checking whether the provided file could be a plugin source
-		///
-		/// @param fileInfo The file to check
-		/// @returns Whether the provided file could (!) be a plugin source
-		static bool canBePluginFile(const QFileInfo& fileInfo) noexcept;
-
-		/// @param fileInfo The plugin source to process
-		///
-		/// @throws PluginInstallException If something isn't right or goes wrong
-		PluginInstaller(const QFileInfo& fileInfo, QWidget *p = nullptr);
-		/// Destructor
-		~PluginInstaller();
-
-		/// Performs the actual installation (moving/copying of the library) of the plugin
-		void install() const;
-
-		static QString getInstallDir();
-
-	public slots:
-		/// Slot called when the user clicks the yes button
-		void on_qpbYesClicked();
-		/// Slot called when the user clicks the no button
-		void on_qpbNoClicked();
+private:
+	Q_OBJECT;
+	Q_DISABLE_COPY(PluginInstaller);
+
+protected:
+	/// The file the installer has been invoked on
+	QFileInfo m_pluginArchive;
+	/// A pointer to the plugin instance created from the plugin library that shall be installed
+	Plugin *m_plugin;
+	/// The actual plugin library file
+	QFileInfo m_pluginSource;
+	/// The destinaton file to which the plugin library shall be copied
+	QFileInfo m_pluginDestination;
+	/// A flag indicating that the plugin library shall be copied instead of moved in order
+	/// to install it.
+	bool m_copyPlugin;
+
+	/// Initializes this installer by processing the provided plugin source and filling all
+	/// internal fields. This function is called from the constructor.
+	///
+	/// @throws PluginInstallException If something isn't right or goes wrong
+	void init();
+
+public:
+	/// The "special" file-extension associated with Mumble plugins
+	static const QString pluginFileExtension;
+
+	/// A helper function checking whether the provided file could be a plugin source
+	///
+	/// @param fileInfo The file to check
+	/// @returns Whether the provided file could (!) be a plugin source
+	static bool canBePluginFile(const QFileInfo &fileInfo) noexcept;
+
+	/// @param fileInfo The plugin source to process
+	///
+	/// @throws PluginInstallException If something isn't right or goes wrong
+	PluginInstaller(const QFileInfo &fileInfo, QWidget *p = nullptr);
+	/// Destructor
+	~PluginInstaller();
+
+	/// Performs the actual installation (moving/copying of the library) of the plugin
+	void install() const;
+
+	static QString getInstallDir();
+
+public slots:
+	/// Slot called when the user clicks the yes button
+	void on_qpbYesClicked();
+	/// Slot called when the user clicks the no button
+	void on_qpbNoClicked();
 };
 
 #endif // MUMBLE_MUMBLE_PLUGININSTALLER_H_
diff --git a/src/mumble/PluginManager.cpp b/src/mumble/PluginManager.cpp
index 817eb69be..db7a8dfef 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PluginManager.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/PluginManager.cpp
@@ -3,56 +3,47 @@
 // that can be found in the LICENSE file at the root of the
 // Mumble source tree or at <https://www.mumble.info/LICENSE>.
 
-#include  <limits>
+#include <limits>
 
-#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "LegacyPlugin.h"
-#include <QReadLocker>
-#include <QWriteLocker>
-#include <QReadLocker>
-#include <QDir>
-#include <QFileInfoList>
-#include <QFileInfo>
-#include <QVector>
+#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include <QByteArray>
 #include <QChar>
-#include <QMutexLocker>
+#include <QDir>
+#include <QFileInfo>
+#include <QFileInfoList>
 #include <QHashIterator>
 #include <QKeyEvent>
+#include <QMutexLocker>
+#include <QReadLocker>
 #include <QTimer>
+#include <QVector>
+#include <QWriteLocker>
 
-#include "ManualPlugin.h"
+#include "API.h"
 #include "Log.h"
+#include "ManualPlugin.h"
 #include "PluginInstaller.h"
+#include "PluginUpdater.h"
 #include "ProcessResolver.h"
 #include "ServerHandler.h"
-#include "PluginUpdater.h"
-#include "API.h"
 #include "Global.h"
 
 #include <memory>
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
-	#include <tlhelp32.h>
-	#include <string>
+#	include <tlhelp32.h>
+#	include <string>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef Q_OS_LINUX
-	#include <QtCore/QStringList>
+#	include <QtCore/QStringList>
 #endif
 
-PluginManager::PluginManager(QSet<QString> *additionalSearchPaths, QObject *p)
-	: QObject(p),
-	  m_pluginCollectionLock(QReadWriteLock::NonRecursive),
-	  m_pluginHashMap(),
-	  m_positionalData(),
-	  m_positionalDataCheckTimer(),
-	  m_sentDataMutex(),
-	  m_sentData(),
-	  m_activePosDataPluginLock(QReadWriteLock::NonRecursive),
-	  m_activePositionalDataPlugin(),
-	  m_updater() {
-
+PluginManager::PluginManager(QSet< QString > *additionalSearchPaths, QObject *p)
+	: QObject(p), m_pluginCollectionLock(QReadWriteLock::NonRecursive), m_pluginHashMap(), m_positionalData(),
+	  m_positionalDataCheckTimer(), m_sentDataMutex(), m_sentData(),
+	  m_activePosDataPluginLock(QReadWriteLock::NonRecursive), m_activePositionalDataPlugin(), m_updater() {
 	// Setup search-paths
 	if (additionalSearchPaths) {
 		for (const auto &currentPath : *additionalSearchPaths) {
@@ -72,7 +63,8 @@ PluginManager::PluginManager(QSet<QString> *additionalSearchPaths, QObject *p)
 
 	// Path to "plugins" dir right next to the executable's location. This is the case for when Mumble
 	// is run after compilation without having installed it anywhere special
-	m_pluginSearchPaths.insert(QString::fromLatin1("%1/plugins").arg(MumbleApplication::instance()->applicationVersionRootPath()));
+	m_pluginSearchPaths.insert(
+		QString::fromLatin1("%1/plugins").arg(MumbleApplication::instance()->applicationVersionRootPath()));
 
 	// Path to where the plugin installer will write plugins
 	m_pluginSearchPaths.insert(PluginInstaller::getInstallDir());
@@ -91,7 +83,7 @@ PluginManager::PluginManager(QSet<QString> *additionalSearchPaths, QObject *p)
 
 	TOKEN_PRIVILEGES tp;
 	LUID luid;
-	m_cbPrevious=sizeof(TOKEN_PRIVILEGES);
+	m_cbPrevious = sizeof(TOKEN_PRIVILEGES);
 
 	LookupPrivilegeValue(NULL, SE_DEBUG_NAME, &luid);
 
@@ -116,7 +108,8 @@ PluginManager::PluginManager(QSet<QString> *additionalSearchPaths, QObject *p)
 	// Set up the timer for regularly checking for available positional data plugins
 	m_positionalDataCheckTimer.setInterval(POSITIONAL_DATA_CHECK_INTERVAL);
 	m_positionalDataCheckTimer.start();
-	QObject::connect(&m_positionalDataCheckTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &PluginManager::checkForAvailablePositionalDataPlugin);
+	QObject::connect(&m_positionalDataCheckTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this,
+					 &PluginManager::checkForAvailablePositionalDataPlugin);
 
 	QObject::connect(&m_updater, &PluginUpdater::updatesAvailable, this, &PluginManager::on_updatesAvailable);
 	QObject::connect(this, &PluginManager::keyEvent, this, &PluginManager::on_keyEvent);
@@ -134,15 +127,15 @@ PluginManager::~PluginManager() {
 /// Emits a log about a plugin with the given name having lost link (positional audio)
 ///
 /// @param pluginName The name of the plugin that lost link
-void reportLostLink(const QString& pluginName) {
-		Global::get().l->log(Log::Information, PluginManager::tr("%1 lost link").arg(pluginName.toHtmlEscaped()));
+void reportLostLink(const QString &pluginName) {
+	Global::get().l->log(Log::Information, PluginManager::tr("%1 lost link").arg(pluginName.toHtmlEscaped()));
 }
 
 bool PluginManager::eventFilter(QObject *target, QEvent *event) {
 	if (event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress || event->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease) {
-		static QVector<QKeyEvent*> processedEvents;
+		static QVector< QKeyEvent * > processedEvents;
 
-		QKeyEvent *kEvent = static_cast<QKeyEvent *>(event);
+		QKeyEvent *kEvent = static_cast< QKeyEvent * >(event);
 
 		// We have to keep track of which events we have processed already as
 		// the same event might be sent to multiple targets and since this is
@@ -162,7 +155,6 @@ bool PluginManager::eventFilter(QObject *target, QEvent *event) {
 				QTimer::singleShot(0, []() { processedEvents.clear(); });
 			}
 		}
-
 	}
 
 	// standard event processing
@@ -200,8 +192,8 @@ bool PluginManager::selectActivePositionalDataPlugin() {
 	QWriteLocker activePluginLock(&m_activePosDataPluginLock);
 
 	if (!Global::get().s.bTransmitPosition) {
-		// According to the settings the position shall not be transmitted meaning that we don't have to select any plugin
-		// for positional data
+		// According to the settings the position shall not be transmitted meaning that we don't have to select any
+		// plugin for positional data
 		m_activePositionalDataPlugin = nullptr;
 
 		return false;
@@ -217,26 +209,28 @@ bool PluginManager::selectActivePositionalDataPlugin() {
 		plugin_ptr_t currentPlugin = it.value();
 
 		if (currentPlugin->isPositionalDataEnabled() && currentPlugin->isLoaded()) {
-			switch(currentPlugin->initPositionalData(procRes.getProcessNames().data(),
-						procRes.getProcessPIDs().data(), procRes.amountOfProcesses())) {
+			switch (currentPlugin->initPositionalData(procRes.getProcessNames().data(), procRes.getProcessPIDs().data(),
+													  procRes.amountOfProcesses())) {
 				case PDEC_OK:
 					// the plugin is ready to provide positional data
 					m_activePositionalDataPlugin = currentPlugin;
 
-					Global::get().l->log(Log::Information, tr("%1 linked").arg(currentPlugin->getName().toHtmlEscaped()));
+					Global::get().l->log(Log::Information,
+										 tr("%1 linked").arg(currentPlugin->getName().toHtmlEscaped()));
 
 					return true;
 
 				case PDEC_ERROR_PERM:
 					// the plugin encountered a permanent error -> disable it
-					Global::get().l->log(Log::Warning, tr(
-								"Plugin \"%1\" encountered a permanent error in positional data gathering").arg(currentPlugin->getName()));
+					Global::get().l->log(Log::Warning,
+										 tr("Plugin \"%1\" encountered a permanent error in positional data gathering")
+											 .arg(currentPlugin->getName()));
 
 					currentPlugin->enablePositionalData(false);
 					break;
 
 				case PDEC_ERROR_TEMP:
-					//The plugin encountered a temporary error -> skip it for now (that is: do nothing)
+					// The plugin encountered a temporary error -> skip it for now (that is: do nothing)
 					break;
 			}
 		}
@@ -249,7 +243,8 @@ bool PluginManager::selectActivePositionalDataPlugin() {
 	return false;
 }
 
-#define LOG_FOUND(plugin, path, legacyStr) qDebug("Found %splugin '%s' at \"%s\"", legacyStr, qUtf8Printable(plugin->getName()), qUtf8Printable(path));\
+#define LOG_FOUND(plugin, path, legacyStr)                                                                       \
+	qDebug("Found %splugin '%s' at \"%s\"", legacyStr, qUtf8Printable(plugin->getName()), qUtf8Printable(path)); \
 	qDebug() << "Its description:" << qUtf8Printable(plugin->getDescription())
 #define LOG_FOUND_PLUGIN(plugin, path) LOG_FOUND(plugin, path, "")
 #define LOG_FOUND_LEGACY_PLUGIN(plugin, path) LOG_FOUND(plugin, path, "legacy ")
@@ -264,41 +259,43 @@ void PluginManager::rescanPlugins() {
 		for (const auto &currentPath : m_pluginSearchPaths) {
 			QFileInfoList currentList = QDir(currentPath).entryInfoList();
 
-			for (int k=0; k<currentList.size(); k++) {
+			for (int k = 0; k < currentList.size(); k++) {
 				QFileInfo currentInfo = currentList[k];
 
 				if (!QLibrary::isLibrary(currentInfo.absoluteFilePath())) {
 					// consider only files that actually could be libraries
 					continue;
 				}
-				
+
 				try {
-					plugin_ptr_t p(Plugin::createNew<Plugin>(currentInfo.absoluteFilePath()));
+					plugin_ptr_t p(Plugin::createNew< Plugin >(currentInfo.absoluteFilePath()));
 
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_DEBUG
 					LOG_FOUND_PLUGIN(p, currentInfo.absoluteFilePath());
 #endif
 
-					// if this code block is reached, the plugin was instantiated successfully so we can add it to the map
+					// if this code block is reached, the plugin was instantiated successfully so we can add it to the
+					// map
 					m_pluginHashMap.insert(p->getID(), p);
-				} catch(const PluginError& e) {
+				} catch (const PluginError &e) {
 					Q_UNUSED(e);
 					// If an exception is thrown, this library does not represent a proper plugin
 					// Check if it might be a legacy plugin instead
 					try {
-						legacy_plugin_ptr_t lp(Plugin::createNew<LegacyPlugin>(currentInfo.absoluteFilePath()));
-						
+						legacy_plugin_ptr_t lp(Plugin::createNew< LegacyPlugin >(currentInfo.absoluteFilePath()));
+
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_DEBUG
 						LOG_FOUND_LEGACY_PLUGIN(lp, currentInfo.absoluteFilePath());
 #endif
 						m_pluginHashMap.insert(lp->getID(), lp);
-					} catch(const PluginError& e) {
+					} catch (const PluginError &e) {
 						Q_UNUSED(e);
-						
-						// At the time this function is running the MainWindow is not necessarily created yet, so we can't use
-						// the normal Log::log function
-						Log::logOrDefer(Log::Warning,
-								tr("Non-plugin found in plugin directory: \"%1\"").arg(currentInfo.absoluteFilePath()));
+
+						// At the time this function is running the MainWindow is not necessarily created yet, so we
+						// can't use the normal Log::log function
+						Log::logOrDefer(
+							Log::Warning,
+							tr("Non-plugin found in plugin directory: \"%1\"").arg(currentInfo.absoluteFilePath()));
 					}
 				}
 			}
@@ -307,13 +304,13 @@ void PluginManager::rescanPlugins() {
 		// handle built-in plugins
 #ifdef USE_MANUAL_PLUGIN
 		try {
-			std::shared_ptr<ManualPlugin> mp(Plugin::createNew<ManualPlugin>());
+			std::shared_ptr< ManualPlugin > mp(Plugin::createNew< ManualPlugin >());
 
 			m_pluginHashMap.insert(mp->getID(), mp);
-#ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_DEBUG
+#	ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_DEBUG
 			LOG_FOUND_BUILTIN(mp);
-#endif
-		} catch(const PluginError& e) {
+#	endif
+		} catch (const PluginError &e) {
 			// At the time this function is running the MainWindow is not necessarily created yet, so we can't use
 			// the normal Log::log function
 			Log::logOrDefer(Log::Warning, tr("Failed at loading manual plugin: %1").arg(QString::fromUtf8(e.what())));
@@ -328,14 +325,15 @@ void PluginManager::rescanPlugins() {
 	auto it = Global::get().s.qhPluginSettings.constBegin();
 	while (it != Global::get().s.qhPluginSettings.constEnd()) {
 		// for this we need a way to get a plugin based on the filepath
-		const QString pluginKey = it.key();
+		const QString pluginKey     = it.key();
 		const PluginSetting setting = it.value();
 
 		// iterate over all loaded plugins to see if the current setting is applicable
 		auto pluginIt = m_pluginHashMap.begin();
 		while (pluginIt != m_pluginHashMap.end()) {
 			plugin_ptr_t plugin = pluginIt.value();
-			QString pluginHash = QLatin1String(QCryptographicHash::hash(plugin->getFilePath().toUtf8(), QCryptographicHash::Sha1).toHex());
+			QString pluginHash  = QLatin1String(
+                QCryptographicHash::hash(plugin->getFilePath().toUtf8(), QCryptographicHash::Sha1).toHex());
 			if (pluginKey == pluginHash) {
 				if (setting.enabled) {
 					loadPlugin(plugin->getID());
@@ -366,7 +364,7 @@ void PluginManager::rescanPlugins() {
 
 const_plugin_ptr_t PluginManager::getPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID) const {
 	QReadLocker lock(&m_pluginCollectionLock);
-	
+
 	return m_pluginHashMap.value(pluginID);
 }
 
@@ -379,9 +377,9 @@ bool PluginManager::fetchPositionalData() {
 		// This is for testing-purposes only so the "fetched" position doesn't have any real meaning
 		m_positionalData.reset();
 
-		m_positionalData.m_playerDir.z = 1.0f;
+		m_positionalData.m_playerDir.z  = 1.0f;
 		m_positionalData.m_playerAxis.y = 1.0f;
-		m_positionalData.m_cameraDir.z = 1.0f;
+		m_positionalData.m_cameraDir.z  = 1.0f;
 		m_positionalData.m_cameraAxis.y = 1.0f;
 
 		return true;
@@ -399,9 +397,10 @@ bool PluginManager::fetchPositionalData() {
 
 	QWriteLocker posDataLock(&m_positionalData.m_lock);
 
-	bool retStatus = m_activePositionalDataPlugin->fetchPositionalData(m_positionalData.m_playerPos, m_positionalData.m_playerDir,
-		m_positionalData.m_playerAxis, m_positionalData.m_cameraPos, m_positionalData.m_cameraDir, m_positionalData.m_cameraAxis,
-			m_positionalData.m_context, m_positionalData.m_identity);
+	bool retStatus = m_activePositionalDataPlugin->fetchPositionalData(
+		m_positionalData.m_playerPos, m_positionalData.m_playerDir, m_positionalData.m_playerAxis,
+		m_positionalData.m_cameraPos, m_positionalData.m_cameraDir, m_positionalData.m_cameraAxis,
+		m_positionalData.m_context, m_positionalData.m_identity);
 
 	// Add the plugin's name to the context as well to prevent name-clashes between plugins
 	if (!m_positionalData.m_context.isEmpty()) {
@@ -420,15 +419,15 @@ bool PluginManager::fetchPositionalData() {
 		selectActivePositionalDataPlugin();
 	} else {
 		// If the return-status doesn't indicate an error, we can assume that positional data is available
-		// The remaining problematic case is, if the player is exactly at position (0,0,0) as this is used as an indicator for the
-		// absence of positional data in the mix() function in AudioOutput.cpp
-		// Thus we have to make sure that this position is never set if positional data is actually available.
-		// We solve this problem by shifting the player a minimal amount on the z-axis
+		// The remaining problematic case is, if the player is exactly at position (0,0,0) as this is used as an
+		// indicator for the absence of positional data in the mix() function in AudioOutput.cpp Thus we have to make
+		// sure that this position is never set if positional data is actually available. We solve this problem by
+		// shifting the player a minimal amount on the z-axis
 		if (m_positionalData.m_playerPos == Position3D(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f)) {
-			m_positionalData.m_playerPos = {0.0f, 0.0f, std::numeric_limits<float>::min()};
+			m_positionalData.m_playerPos = { 0.0f, 0.0f, std::numeric_limits< float >::min() };
 		}
 		if (m_positionalData.m_cameraPos == Position3D(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f)) {
-			m_positionalData.m_cameraPos = {0.0f, 0.0f, std::numeric_limits<float>::min()};
+			m_positionalData.m_cameraPos = { 0.0f, 0.0f, std::numeric_limits< float >::min() };
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -454,7 +453,7 @@ bool PluginManager::isPositionalDataAvailable() const {
 	return m_activePositionalDataPlugin != nullptr;
 }
 
-const PositionalData& PluginManager::getPositionalData() const {
+const PositionalData &PluginManager::getPositionalData() const {
 	return m_positionalData;
 }
 
@@ -468,24 +467,23 @@ void PluginManager::enablePositionalDataFor(plugin_id_t pluginID, bool enable) c
 	}
 }
 
-const QVector<const_plugin_ptr_t > PluginManager::getPlugins(bool sorted) const {
+const QVector< const_plugin_ptr_t > PluginManager::getPlugins(bool sorted) const {
 	QReadLocker lock(&m_pluginCollectionLock);
 
-	QVector<const_plugin_ptr_t> pluginList;
+	QVector< const_plugin_ptr_t > pluginList;
 
 	auto it = m_pluginHashMap.constBegin();
 	if (sorted) {
-		QList<plugin_id_t> ids = m_pluginHashMap.keys();
+		QList< plugin_id_t > ids = m_pluginHashMap.keys();
 
 		// sort keys so that the corresponding Plugins are in alphabetical order based on their name
 		std::sort(ids.begin(), ids.end(), [this](plugin_id_t first, plugin_id_t second) {
 			return QString::compare(m_pluginHashMap.value(first)->getName(), m_pluginHashMap.value(second)->getName(),
-				Qt::CaseInsensitive) <= 0;
+									Qt::CaseInsensitive)
+				   <= 0;
 		});
 
-		foreach(plugin_id_t currentID, ids) {
-			pluginList.append(m_pluginHashMap.value(currentID));
-		}
+		foreach (plugin_id_t currentID, ids) { pluginList.append(m_pluginHashMap.value(currentID)); }
 	} else {
 		while (it != m_pluginHashMap.constEnd()) {
 			pluginList.append(it.value());
@@ -509,7 +507,7 @@ bool PluginManager::loadPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID) const {
 			// before hitting ok.
 			return true;
 		}
-		
+
 		return plugin->init() == STATUS_OK;
 	}
 
@@ -551,7 +549,7 @@ bool PluginManager::clearPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID) {
 	return plugin != nullptr;
 }
 
-uint32_t  PluginManager::deactivateFeaturesFor(plugin_id_t pluginID, uint32_t features) const {
+uint32_t PluginManager::deactivateFeaturesFor(plugin_id_t pluginID, uint32_t features) const {
 	QReadLocker lock(&m_pluginCollectionLock);
 
 	plugin_ptr_t plugin = m_pluginHashMap.value(pluginID);
@@ -579,7 +577,7 @@ bool PluginManager::pluginExists(plugin_id_t pluginID) const {
 	return m_pluginHashMap.contains(pluginID);
 }
 
-void PluginManager::foreachPlugin(std::function<void(Plugin&)> pluginProcessor) const {
+void PluginManager::foreachPlugin(std::function< void(Plugin &) > pluginProcessor) const {
 	QReadLocker lock(&m_pluginCollectionLock);
 
 	auto it = m_pluginHashMap.constBegin();
@@ -598,7 +596,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_serverConnected() const {
 	qDebug("PluginManager: Connected to a server with connection ID %d", connectionID);
 #endif
 
-	foreachPlugin([connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onServerConnected(connectionID);
 		}
@@ -612,7 +610,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_serverDisconnected() const {
 	qDebug("PluginManager: Disconnected from a server with connection ID %d", connectionID);
 #endif
 
-	foreachPlugin([connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onServerDisconnected(connectionID);
 		}
@@ -621,7 +619,8 @@ void PluginManager::on_serverDisconnected() const {
 
 void PluginManager::on_channelEntered(const Channel *newChannel, const Channel *prevChannel, const User *user) const {
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_CALLBACK_DEBUG
-	qDebug() << "PluginManager: User" << user->qsName <<  "entered channel" << newChannel->qsName << "- ID:" << newChannel->iId;
+	qDebug() << "PluginManager: User" << user->qsName << "entered channel" << newChannel->qsName
+			 << "- ID:" << newChannel->iId;
 #endif
 
 	if (!Global::get().sh) {
@@ -631,21 +630,22 @@ void PluginManager::on_channelEntered(const Channel *newChannel, const Channel *
 
 	const mumble_connection_t connectionID = Global::get().sh->getConnectionID();
 
-	foreachPlugin([user, newChannel, prevChannel, connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([user, newChannel, prevChannel, connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
-			plugin.onChannelEntered(connectionID, user->uiSession, prevChannel ? prevChannel->iId : -1, newChannel->iId);
+			plugin.onChannelEntered(connectionID, user->uiSession, prevChannel ? prevChannel->iId : -1,
+									newChannel->iId);
 		}
 	});
 }
 
 void PluginManager::on_channelExited(const Channel *channel, const User *user) const {
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_CALLBACK_DEBUG
-	qDebug() << "PluginManager: User" << user->qsName <<  "left channel" << channel->qsName << "- ID:" << channel->iId;
+	qDebug() << "PluginManager: User" << user->qsName << "left channel" << channel->qsName << "- ID:" << channel->iId;
 #endif
 
 	const mumble_connection_t connectionID = Global::get().sh->getConnectionID();
 
-	foreachPlugin([user, channel, connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([user, channel, connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onChannelExited(connectionID, user->uiSession, channel->iId);
 		}
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_channelExited(const Channel *channel, const User *user) c
 }
 
 QString getTalkingStateStr(Settings::TalkState ts) {
-	switch(ts) {
+	switch (ts) {
 		case Settings::TalkState::Passive:
 			return QString::fromLatin1("Passive");
 		case Settings::TalkState::Talking:
@@ -670,10 +670,11 @@ QString getTalkingStateStr(Settings::TalkState ts) {
 }
 
 void PluginManager::on_userTalkingStateChanged() const {
-	const ClientUser *user = qobject_cast<ClientUser*>(QObject::sender());
+	const ClientUser *user = qobject_cast< ClientUser * >(QObject::sender());
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_CALLBACK_DEBUG
 	if (user) {
-		qDebug() << "PluginManager: User" << user->qsName << "changed talking state to" << getTalkingStateStr(user->tsState);
+		qDebug() << "PluginManager: User" << user->qsName << "changed talking state to"
+				 << getTalkingStateStr(user->tsState);
 	} else {
 		qCritical() << "PluginManager: Unable to identify ClientUser";
 	}
@@ -683,7 +684,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_userTalkingStateChanged() const {
 		// Convert Mumble's talking state to the TalkingState used in the API
 		mumble_talking_state_t ts = INVALID;
 
-		switch(user->tsState) {
+		switch (user->tsState) {
 			case Settings::TalkState::Passive:
 				ts = PASSIVE;
 				break;
@@ -709,7 +710,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_userTalkingStateChanged() const {
 
 		const mumble_connection_t connectionID = Global::get().sh->getConnectionID();
 
-		foreachPlugin([user, ts, connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+		foreachPlugin([user, ts, connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 			if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 				plugin.onUserTalkingStateChanged(connectionID, user->uiSession, ts);
 			}
@@ -717,54 +718,63 @@ void PluginManager::on_userTalkingStateChanged() const {
 	}
 }
 
-void PluginManager::on_audioInput(short *inputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount, unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech) const {
+void PluginManager::on_audioInput(short *inputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount,
+								  unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech) const {
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_CALLBACK_DEBUG
-	qDebug() << "PluginManager: AudioInput with" << channelCount << "channels and" << sampleCount << "samples per channel. IsSpeech:" << isSpeech;
+	qDebug() << "PluginManager: AudioInput with" << channelCount << "channels and" << sampleCount
+			 << "samples per channel. IsSpeech:" << isSpeech;
 #endif
 
-	foreachPlugin([inputPCM, sampleCount, channelCount, sampleRate, isSpeech](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([inputPCM, sampleCount, channelCount, sampleRate, isSpeech](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onAudioInput(inputPCM, sampleCount, channelCount, sampleRate, isSpeech);
 		}
 	});
 }
 
-void PluginManager::on_audioSourceFetched(float* outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount, unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech, const ClientUser* user) const {
+void PluginManager::on_audioSourceFetched(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount,
+										  unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech, const ClientUser *user) const {
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_CALLBACK_DEBUG
-	qDebug() << "PluginManager: AudioSource with" << channelCount << "channels and" << sampleCount << "samples per channel fetched. IsSpeech:" << isSpeech;
+	qDebug() << "PluginManager: AudioSource with" << channelCount << "channels and" << sampleCount
+			 << "samples per channel fetched. IsSpeech:" << isSpeech;
 	if (user != nullptr) {
 		qDebug() << "Sender-ID:" << user->uiSession;
 	}
 #endif
 
-	foreachPlugin([outputPCM, sampleCount, channelCount, sampleRate, isSpeech, user](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([outputPCM, sampleCount, channelCount, sampleRate, isSpeech, user](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
-			plugin.onAudioSourceFetched(outputPCM, sampleCount, channelCount, sampleRate, isSpeech, user ? user->uiSession : -1);
+			plugin.onAudioSourceFetched(outputPCM, sampleCount, channelCount, sampleRate, isSpeech,
+										user ? user->uiSession : -1);
 		}
 	});
 }
 
-void PluginManager::on_audioOutputAboutToPlay(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount, unsigned int sampleRate, bool *modifiedAudio) const {
+void PluginManager::on_audioOutputAboutToPlay(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount,
+											  unsigned int sampleRate, bool *modifiedAudio) const {
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_CALLBACK_DEBUG
-	qDebug() << "PluginManager: AudioOutput with" << channelCount << "channels and" << sampleCount << "samples per channel";
+	qDebug() << "PluginManager: AudioOutput with" << channelCount << "channels and" << sampleCount
+			 << "samples per channel";
 #endif
-	foreachPlugin([outputPCM, sampleCount, channelCount, sampleRate, modifiedAudio](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([outputPCM, sampleCount, channelCount, sampleRate, modifiedAudio](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
-			if(plugin.onAudioOutputAboutToPlay(outputPCM, sampleCount, sampleRate, channelCount)) {
+			if (plugin.onAudioOutputAboutToPlay(outputPCM, sampleCount, sampleRate, channelCount)) {
 				*modifiedAudio = true;
 			}
 		}
 	});
 }
 
-void PluginManager::on_receiveData(const ClientUser *sender, const uint8_t *data, size_t dataLength, const char *dataID) const {
+void PluginManager::on_receiveData(const ClientUser *sender, const uint8_t *data, size_t dataLength,
+								   const char *dataID) const {
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_CALLBACK_DEBUG
-	qDebug() << "PluginManager: Data with ID" << dataID << "and length" << dataLength << "received. Sender-ID:" << sender->uiSession;
+	qDebug() << "PluginManager: Data with ID" << dataID << "and length" << dataLength
+			 << "received. Sender-ID:" << sender->uiSession;
 #endif
 
 	const mumble_connection_t connectionID = Global::get().sh->getConnectionID();
 
-	foreachPlugin([sender, data, dataLength, dataID, connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([sender, data, dataLength, dataID, connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onReceiveData(connectionID, sender->uiSession, data, dataLength, dataID);
 		}
@@ -778,7 +788,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_serverSynchronized() const {
 
 	const mumble_connection_t connectionID = Global::get().sh->getConnectionID();
 
-	foreachPlugin([connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onServerSynchronized(connectionID);
 		}
@@ -792,7 +802,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_userAdded(mumble_userid_t userID) const {
 
 	const mumble_connection_t connectionID = Global::get().sh->getConnectionID();
 
-	foreachPlugin([userID, connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([userID, connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onUserAdded(connectionID, userID);
 		};
@@ -806,7 +816,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_userRemoved(mumble_userid_t userID) const {
 
 	const mumble_connection_t connectionID = Global::get().sh->getConnectionID();
 
-	foreachPlugin([userID, connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([userID, connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onUserRemoved(connectionID, userID);
 		};
@@ -820,7 +830,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_channelAdded(mumble_channelid_t channelID) const {
 
 	const mumble_connection_t connectionID = Global::get().sh->getConnectionID();
 
-	foreachPlugin([channelID, connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([channelID, connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onChannelAdded(connectionID, channelID);
 		};
@@ -834,7 +844,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_channelRemoved(mumble_channelid_t channelID) const {
 
 	const mumble_connection_t connectionID = Global::get().sh->getConnectionID();
 
-	foreachPlugin([channelID, connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([channelID, connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onChannelRemoved(connectionID, channelID);
 		};
@@ -848,7 +858,7 @@ void PluginManager::on_channelRenamed(int channelID) const {
 
 	const mumble_connection_t connectionID = Global::get().sh->getConnectionID();
 
-	foreachPlugin([channelID, connectionID](Plugin& plugin) {
+	foreachPlugin([channelID, connectionID](Plugin &plugin) {
 		if (plugin.isLoaded()) {
 			plugin.onChannelRenamed(connectionID, channelID);
 		};
@@ -857,8 +867,8 @@ void PluginManager::on_channelRenamed(int channelID) const {
 
 void PluginManager::on_keyEvent(unsigned int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool isPress) const {
 #ifdef MUMBLE_PLUGIN_CALLBACK_DEBUG
-	qDebug() << "PluginManager: Key event detected: keyCode =" << key << "modifiers:"
-		<< modifiers << "isPress =" << isPress;
+	qDebug() << "PluginManager: Key event detected: keyCode =" << key << "modifiers:" << modifiers
+			 << "isPress =" << isPress;
 #else
 	Q_UNUSED(modifiers);
 #endif
@@ -889,7 +899,8 @@ void PluginManager::on_syncPositionalData() {
 			QMutexLocker mLock(&m_sentDataMutex);
 			QReadLocker rLock(&m_positionalData.m_lock);
 
-			if (m_sentData.context != m_positionalData.m_context || m_sentData.identity != m_positionalData.m_identity ) {
+			if (m_sentData.context != m_positionalData.m_context
+				|| m_sentData.identity != m_positionalData.m_identity) {
 				MumbleProto::UserState mpus;
 				mpus.set_session(Global::get().uiSession);
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/PluginManager.h b/src/mumble/PluginManager.h
index 02f4db5fa..891e0ff91 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PluginManager.h
+++ b/src/mumble/PluginManager.h
@@ -6,27 +6,27 @@
 #ifndef MUMBLE_MUMBLE_PLUGINMANAGER_H_
 #define MUMBLE_MUMBLE_PLUGINMANAGER_H_
 
+#include <QHash>
+#include <QMutex>
 #include <QObject>
 #include <QReadWriteLock>
 #include <QString>
 #include <QTimer>
-#include <QHash>
-#include <QMutex>
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
-	#ifndef NOMINMAX
-		#define NOMINMAX
-	#endif
-	#include <windows.h>
+#	ifndef NOMINMAX
+#		define NOMINMAX
+#	endif
+#	include <windows.h>
 #endif
-#include "Plugin.h"
 #include "MumbleApplication.h"
+#include "Plugin.h"
 #include "PositionalData.h"
 
-#include "User.h"
-#include "ClientUser.h"
 #include "Channel.h"
-#include "Settings.h"
+#include "ClientUser.h"
 #include "PluginUpdater.h"
+#include "Settings.h"
+#include "User.h"
 
 #include <functional>
 
@@ -41,239 +41,254 @@ struct PluginManager_SentData {
 /// finding, loading and managing the plugins. It also is responsible for invoking callback functions in the plugins
 /// and can be used by Mumble to communicate with them
 class PluginManager : public QObject {
-	private:
-		Q_OBJECT
-		Q_DISABLE_COPY(PluginManager)
-	protected:
-		/// Lock for pluginHashMap. This lock has to be aquired when accessing pluginHashMap
-		mutable QReadWriteLock m_pluginCollectionLock;
-		/// A map between plugin-IDs and the actual plugin objects. You have to aquire pluginCollectionLock before
-		/// accessing this map.
-		QHash<plugin_id_t, plugin_ptr_t> m_pluginHashMap;
-		/// A set of directories to search plugins in
-		QSet<QString> m_pluginSearchPaths;
+private:
+	Q_OBJECT
+	Q_DISABLE_COPY(PluginManager)
+protected:
+	/// Lock for pluginHashMap. This lock has to be aquired when accessing pluginHashMap
+	mutable QReadWriteLock m_pluginCollectionLock;
+	/// A map between plugin-IDs and the actual plugin objects. You have to aquire pluginCollectionLock before
+	/// accessing this map.
+	QHash< plugin_id_t, plugin_ptr_t > m_pluginHashMap;
+	/// A set of directories to search plugins in
+	QSet< QString > m_pluginSearchPaths;
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
-		// This stuff is apparently needed on Windows in order to deal with DLLs
-		HANDLE m_hToken;
-		TOKEN_PRIVILEGES m_tpPrevious;
-		DWORD m_cbPrevious;
+	// This stuff is apparently needed on Windows in order to deal with DLLs
+	HANDLE m_hToken;
+	TOKEN_PRIVILEGES m_tpPrevious;
+	DWORD m_cbPrevious;
 #endif
-		/// The PositionalData object holding the current positional data (as retrieved by the respective plugin)
-		PositionalData m_positionalData;
+	/// The PositionalData object holding the current positional data (as retrieved by the respective plugin)
+	PositionalData m_positionalData;
+
+	/// A timer that causes the manager to regularly check for available plugins that can currently
+	/// deliver positional data.
+	QTimer m_positionalDataCheckTimer;
+
+	/// The mutex for sentData. This has to be aquired before accessing sentData
+	mutable QMutex m_sentDataMutex;
+	/// The bits of the positional data that have already been sent to the server. It is used to determine whether
+	/// the new data has to be sent to the server (in case it has changed). You have ti aquire sentDataMutex before
+	/// accessing this field.
+	PluginManager_SentData m_sentData;
 
-		/// A timer that causes the manager to regularly check for available plugins that can currently
-		/// deliver positional data.
-		QTimer m_positionalDataCheckTimer;
+	/// The lock for activePositionalDataPlugin. It has to be aquired before accessing the respective field.
+	mutable QReadWriteLock m_activePosDataPluginLock;
+	/// The plugin that is currently used to retrieve positional data. You have to aquire activePosDataPluginLock before
+	/// accessing this field.
+	plugin_ptr_t m_activePositionalDataPlugin;
+	/// The PluginUpdater used to handle plugin updates.
+	PluginUpdater m_updater;
 
-		/// The mutex for sentData. This has to be aquired before accessing sentData
-		mutable QMutex m_sentDataMutex;
-		/// The bits of the positional data that have already been sent to the server. It is used to determine whether
-		/// the new data has to be sent to the server (in case it has changed). You have ti aquire sentDataMutex before
-		/// accessing this field.
-		PluginManager_SentData m_sentData;
+	// We override the QObject::eventFilter function in order to be able to install the pluginManager as an event filter
+	// to the main application in order to get notified about keystrokes.
+	bool eventFilter(QObject *target, QEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
 
-		/// The lock for activePositionalDataPlugin. It has to be aquired before accessing the respective field.
-		mutable QReadWriteLock m_activePosDataPluginLock;
-		/// The plugin that is currently used to retrieve positional data. You have to aquire activePosDataPluginLock before
-		/// accessing this field.
-		plugin_ptr_t m_activePositionalDataPlugin;
-		/// The PluginUpdater used to handle plugin updates.
-		PluginUpdater m_updater;
+	/// Unloads all plugins that are currently loaded.
+	void unloadPlugins() const;
+	/// Clears the current list of plugins
+	void clearPlugins();
+	/// Iterates over the plugins and tries to select a plugin that currently claims to be able to deliver positional
+	/// data. If it found a plugin, activePositionalDataPlugin is set accordingly. If not, it is set to nullptr.
+	///
+	/// @returns Whether this function succeeded in finding such a plugin
+	bool selectActivePositionalDataPlugin();
 
-		// We override the QObject::eventFilter function in order to be able to install the pluginManager as an event filter
-		// to the main application in order to get notified about keystrokes.
-		bool eventFilter(QObject *target, QEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
-		
-		/// Unloads all plugins that are currently loaded.
-		void unloadPlugins() const;
-		/// Clears the current list of plugins
-		void clearPlugins();
-		/// Iterates over the plugins and tries to select a plugin that currently claims to be able to deliver positional data. If
-		/// it found a plugin, activePositionalDataPlugin is set accordingly. If not, it is set to nullptr.
-		///
-		/// @returns Whether this function succeeded in finding such a plugin
-		bool selectActivePositionalDataPlugin();
+	/// A internal helper function that iterates over all plugins and calls the given function providing the current
+	/// plugin as a parameter.
+	void foreachPlugin(std::function< void(Plugin &) >) const;
 
-		/// A internal helper function that iterates over all plugins and calls the given function providing the current plugin as
-		/// a parameter.
-		void foreachPlugin(std::function<void(Plugin&)>) const;
-	public:
-		// How often positional data (identity & context) should be synched with the server if there is any (in ms)
-		static constexpr int POSITIONAL_SERVER_SYNC_INTERVAL = 500;
-		// How often the manager should check for available positional data plugins
-		static constexpr int POSITIONAL_DATA_CHECK_INTERVAL = 1000;
+public:
+	// How often positional data (identity & context) should be synched with the server if there is any (in ms)
+	static constexpr int POSITIONAL_SERVER_SYNC_INTERVAL = 500;
+	// How often the manager should check for available positional data plugins
+	static constexpr int POSITIONAL_DATA_CHECK_INTERVAL = 1000;
 
-		/// Constructor
-		///
-		/// @param additionalSearchPaths A pointer to a set of additional search paths or nullptr if no additional
-		/// paths are required.
-		/// @param p The parent QObject
-		PluginManager(QSet<QString> *additionalSearchPaths = nullptr, QObject *p = nullptr);
-		/// Destructor
-		virtual ~PluginManager() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
+	/// Constructor
+	///
+	/// @param additionalSearchPaths A pointer to a set of additional search paths or nullptr if no additional
+	/// paths are required.
+	/// @param p The parent QObject
+	PluginManager(QSet< QString > *additionalSearchPaths = nullptr, QObject *p = nullptr);
+	/// Destructor
+	virtual ~PluginManager() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
 
-		/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin that should be retreved
-		/// @returns A pointer to the plugin with the given ID or nullptr if no such plugin could be found
-		const_plugin_ptr_t getPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID) const;
-		/// Checks whether there are any updates for the plugins and if there are it invokes the PluginUpdater.
-		void checkForPluginUpdates();
-		/// Fetches positional data from the activePositionalDataPlugin if there is one set. This function will update the
-		/// positionalData field
-		///
-		/// @returns Whether the positional data could be retrieved successfully
-		bool fetchPositionalData();
-		/// Unlinks the currently active positional data plugin. Effectively this sets activePositionalDataPlugin to nullptr
-		void unlinkPositionalData();
-		/// @returns Whether positional data is currently available (it has been successfully set via fetchPositionalData)
-		bool isPositionalDataAvailable() const;
-		/// @returns The most recent positional data
-		const PositionalData& getPositionalData() const;
-		/// Enables positional data gathering for the plugin with the given ID. A plugin is only even asked whether it can deliver
-		/// positional data if this is enabled.
-		///
-		/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to access
-		/// @param enable Whether to enable positional data (alternative is to disable it)
-		void enablePositionalDataFor(plugin_id_t pluginID, bool enable = true) const;
-		/// @returns A const vector of the plugins
-		const QVector<const_plugin_ptr_t> getPlugins(bool sorted = false) const;
-		/// Loads the plugin with the given ID. Loading means initializing the plugin.
-		///
-		/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to load
-		/// @returns Whether the plugin could be successfully loaded
-		bool loadPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID) const;
-		/// Unloads the plugin with the given ID. Unloading means shutting the plugign down.
-		///
-		/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to unload
-		void unloadPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID) const;
-		/// Unloads the given plugin. Unloading means shutting the plugign down.
-		///
-		/// @param plugin The plugin to unload
-		void unloadPlugin(Plugin &plugin) const;
-		/// Clears the plugin from the list of known plugins
-		///
-		/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to forget about
-		/// @returns Whether the plugin has been cleared successfully
-		bool clearPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID);
-		/// Deactivates the given features for the plugin with the given ID
-		///
-		/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to access
-		/// @param features The feature set that should be deactivated. The features are or'ed together.
-		/// @returns The feature set that could not be deactivated
-		uint32_t deactivateFeaturesFor(plugin_id_t pluginID, uint32_t features) const;
-		/// Allows or forbids the given plugin to monitor keyboard events.
-		///
-		/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to access
-		/// @param allow Whether to allow the monitoring or not
-		void allowKeyboardMonitoringFor(plugin_id_t pluginID, bool allow) const;
-		/// Checks whether a plugin with the given ID exists.
-		///
-		/// @param pluginID The ID to check
-		/// @returns Whether such a plugin exists
-		bool pluginExists(plugin_id_t pluginID) const;
+	/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin that should be retreved
+	/// @returns A pointer to the plugin with the given ID or nullptr if no such plugin could be found
+	const_plugin_ptr_t getPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID) const;
+	/// Checks whether there are any updates for the plugins and if there are it invokes the PluginUpdater.
+	void checkForPluginUpdates();
+	/// Fetches positional data from the activePositionalDataPlugin if there is one set. This function will update the
+	/// positionalData field
+	///
+	/// @returns Whether the positional data could be retrieved successfully
+	bool fetchPositionalData();
+	/// Unlinks the currently active positional data plugin. Effectively this sets activePositionalDataPlugin to nullptr
+	void unlinkPositionalData();
+	/// @returns Whether positional data is currently available (it has been successfully set via fetchPositionalData)
+	bool isPositionalDataAvailable() const;
+	/// @returns The most recent positional data
+	const PositionalData &getPositionalData() const;
+	/// Enables positional data gathering for the plugin with the given ID. A plugin is only even asked whether it can
+	/// deliver positional data if this is enabled.
+	///
+	/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to access
+	/// @param enable Whether to enable positional data (alternative is to disable it)
+	void enablePositionalDataFor(plugin_id_t pluginID, bool enable = true) const;
+	/// @returns A const vector of the plugins
+	const QVector< const_plugin_ptr_t > getPlugins(bool sorted = false) const;
+	/// Loads the plugin with the given ID. Loading means initializing the plugin.
+	///
+	/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to load
+	/// @returns Whether the plugin could be successfully loaded
+	bool loadPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID) const;
+	/// Unloads the plugin with the given ID. Unloading means shutting the plugign down.
+	///
+	/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to unload
+	void unloadPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID) const;
+	/// Unloads the given plugin. Unloading means shutting the plugign down.
+	///
+	/// @param plugin The plugin to unload
+	void unloadPlugin(Plugin &plugin) const;
+	/// Clears the plugin from the list of known plugins
+	///
+	/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to forget about
+	/// @returns Whether the plugin has been cleared successfully
+	bool clearPlugin(plugin_id_t pluginID);
+	/// Deactivates the given features for the plugin with the given ID
+	///
+	/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to access
+	/// @param features The feature set that should be deactivated. The features are or'ed together.
+	/// @returns The feature set that could not be deactivated
+	uint32_t deactivateFeaturesFor(plugin_id_t pluginID, uint32_t features) const;
+	/// Allows or forbids the given plugin to monitor keyboard events.
+	///
+	/// @param pluginID The ID of the plugin to access
+	/// @param allow Whether to allow the monitoring or not
+	void allowKeyboardMonitoringFor(plugin_id_t pluginID, bool allow) const;
+	/// Checks whether a plugin with the given ID exists.
+	///
+	/// @param pluginID The ID to check
+	/// @returns Whether such a plugin exists
+	bool pluginExists(plugin_id_t pluginID) const;
 
-	public slots:
-		/// Rescans the plugin directory and load all plugins from there after having cleared the current plugin list
-		void rescanPlugins();
-		/// Slot that gets called whenever data from another plugin has been received. This function will then delegate
-		/// this to the respective plugin callback
-		///
-		/// @param sender A pointer to the ClientUser whose client has sent the data
-		/// @param data The byte-array representing the sent data
-		/// @param dataLength The length of the data array
-		/// @param dataID The ID of the data
-		void on_receiveData(const ClientUser *sender, const uint8_t *data, size_t dataLength, const char *dataID) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when the local client connects to a server. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callback.
-		void on_serverConnected() const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when the local client disconnects to a server. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callback.
-		void on_serverDisconnected() const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when a client enters a channel. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callback.
-		///
-		/// @param newChannel A pointer to the new channel
-		/// @param prevChannel A pointer to the previous channel or nullptr if no such channel exists
-		/// @param user A pointer to the user that entered the channel
-		void on_channelEntered(const Channel *newChannel, const Channel *prevChannel, const User *user) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when a client leaves a channel. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callback.
-		///
-		/// @param channel A pointer to the channel that has been left
-		/// @param user A pointer to the user that entered the channel
-		void on_channelExited(const Channel *channel, const User *user) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when the local client changes its talking state. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callback.
-		void on_userTalkingStateChanged() const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when the local client receives audio input. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callback.
-		///
-		/// @param inputPCM The array containing the input PCM (pulse-code-modulation). Its length is sampleCount * channelCount
-		/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples in the PCM array
-		/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM array
-		/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
-		/// @param isSpeech Whether Mumble considers this input as speech
-		void on_audioInput(short *inputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount, unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when the local client has fetched an audio source. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callback.
-		///
-		/// @param outputPCM The array containing the output-PCM (pulse-code-modulation). Its length is sampleCount * channelCount
-		/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples in the PCM array
-		/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM array
-		/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
-		/// @param isSpeech Whether Mumble considers this input as speech
-		/// @param user A pointer to the ClientUser the audio source corresposnds to
-		void on_audioSourceFetched(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount, unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech,
-				const ClientUser *user) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when the local client is about to play some audio. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callback.
-		///
-		/// @param outputPCM The array containing the output-PCM (pulse-code-modulation). Its length is sampleCount * channelCount
-		/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples in the PCM array
-		/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM array
-		/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
-		void on_audioOutputAboutToPlay(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount, unsigned int sampleRate,
-				bool *modifiedAudio) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called after the local client has finished synchronizing with the server. It will delegate it to the respective
-		/// plugin callback.
-		void on_serverSynchronized() const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when a new user is added to the user model. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callbacks.
-		/// 
-		/// @param userID The ID of the added user
-		void on_userAdded(unsigned int userID) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when a user is removed from the user model. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callbacks.
-		/// 
-		/// @param userID The ID of the removed user
-		void on_userRemoved(unsigned int userID) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when a new channel is added to the user model. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callbacks.
-		/// 
-		/// @param channelID The ID of the added channel
-		void on_channelAdded(int channelID) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when a channel is removed from the user model. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callbacks.
-		/// 
-		/// @param channelID The ID of the removed channel
-		void on_channelRemoved(int channelID) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when a channel is renamed. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callbacks.
-		///
-		/// @param channelID The ID of the renamed channel
-		void on_channelRenamed(int channelID) const;
-		/// Slot that gets called when a key has been pressed or released while Mumble has keyboard focus.
-		///
-		/// @param key The code of the affected key (as encoded by Qt::Key)
-		/// @param modifiers The modifiers that were active in the moment of the event
-		/// @param isPress True if the key has been pressed, false if it has been released
-		void on_keyEvent(unsigned int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool isPress) const;
+public slots:
+	/// Rescans the plugin directory and load all plugins from there after having cleared the current plugin list
+	void rescanPlugins();
+	/// Slot that gets called whenever data from another plugin has been received. This function will then delegate
+	/// this to the respective plugin callback
+	///
+	/// @param sender A pointer to the ClientUser whose client has sent the data
+	/// @param data The byte-array representing the sent data
+	/// @param dataLength The length of the data array
+	/// @param dataID The ID of the data
+	void on_receiveData(const ClientUser *sender, const uint8_t *data, size_t dataLength, const char *dataID) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when the local client connects to a server. It will delegate it to the respective plugin
+	/// callback.
+	void on_serverConnected() const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when the local client disconnects to a server. It will delegate it to the respective
+	/// plugin callback.
+	void on_serverDisconnected() const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when a client enters a channel. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callback.
+	///
+	/// @param newChannel A pointer to the new channel
+	/// @param prevChannel A pointer to the previous channel or nullptr if no such channel exists
+	/// @param user A pointer to the user that entered the channel
+	void on_channelEntered(const Channel *newChannel, const Channel *prevChannel, const User *user) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when a client leaves a channel. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callback.
+	///
+	/// @param channel A pointer to the channel that has been left
+	/// @param user A pointer to the user that entered the channel
+	void on_channelExited(const Channel *channel, const User *user) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when the local client changes its talking state. It will delegate it to the respective
+	/// plugin callback.
+	void on_userTalkingStateChanged() const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when the local client receives audio input. It will delegate it to the respective plugin
+	/// callback.
+	///
+	/// @param inputPCM The array containing the input PCM (pulse-code-modulation). Its length is sampleCount *
+	/// channelCount
+	/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples in the PCM array
+	/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM array
+	/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
+	/// @param isSpeech Whether Mumble considers this input as speech
+	void on_audioInput(short *inputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount, unsigned int sampleRate,
+					   bool isSpeech) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when the local client has fetched an audio source. It will delegate it to the respective
+	/// plugin callback.
+	///
+	/// @param outputPCM The array containing the output-PCM (pulse-code-modulation). Its length is sampleCount *
+	/// channelCount
+	/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples in the PCM array
+	/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM array
+	/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
+	/// @param isSpeech Whether Mumble considers this input as speech
+	/// @param user A pointer to the ClientUser the audio source corresposnds to
+	void on_audioSourceFetched(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount,
+							   unsigned int sampleRate, bool isSpeech, const ClientUser *user) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when the local client is about to play some audio. It will delegate it to the respective
+	/// plugin callback.
+	///
+	/// @param outputPCM The array containing the output-PCM (pulse-code-modulation). Its length is sampleCount *
+	/// channelCount
+	/// @param sampleCount The amount of samples in the PCM array
+	/// @param channelCount The amount of channels in the PCM array
+	/// @param sampleRate The used sample rate in Hz
+	void on_audioOutputAboutToPlay(float *outputPCM, unsigned int sampleCount, unsigned int channelCount,
+								   unsigned int sampleRate, bool *modifiedAudio) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called after the local client has finished synchronizing with the server. It will delegate it to
+	/// the respective plugin callback.
+	void on_serverSynchronized() const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when a new user is added to the user model. It will delegate it to the respective plugin
+	/// callbacks.
+	///
+	/// @param userID The ID of the added user
+	void on_userAdded(unsigned int userID) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when a user is removed from the user model. It will delegate it to the respective plugin
+	/// callbacks.
+	///
+	/// @param userID The ID of the removed user
+	void on_userRemoved(unsigned int userID) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when a new channel is added to the user model. It will delegate it to the respective
+	/// plugin callbacks.
+	///
+	/// @param channelID The ID of the added channel
+	void on_channelAdded(int channelID) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when a channel is removed from the user model. It will delegate it to the respective
+	/// plugin callbacks.
+	///
+	/// @param channelID The ID of the removed channel
+	void on_channelRemoved(int channelID) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when a channel is renamed. It will delegate it to the respective plugin callbacks.
+	///
+	/// @param channelID The ID of the renamed channel
+	void on_channelRenamed(int channelID) const;
+	/// Slot that gets called when a key has been pressed or released while Mumble has keyboard focus.
+	///
+	/// @param key The code of the affected key (as encoded by Qt::Key)
+	/// @param modifiers The modifiers that were active in the moment of the event
+	/// @param isPress True if the key has been pressed, false if it has been released
+	void on_keyEvent(unsigned int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool isPress) const;
 
-		/// Slot that gets called whenever the positional data should be synchronized with the server. Before it does that, it tries to
-		/// fetch new data.
-		void on_syncPositionalData();
-		/// Slot called if there are plugin updates available
-		void on_updatesAvailable();
+	/// Slot that gets called whenever the positional data should be synchronized with the server. Before it does that,
+	/// it tries to fetch new data.
+	void on_syncPositionalData();
+	/// Slot called if there are plugin updates available
+	void on_updatesAvailable();
 
-	protected slots:
-		/// If there is no active positional data plugin, this function will initiate searching for a
-		/// new one.
-		void checkForAvailablePositionalDataPlugin();
+protected slots:
+	/// If there is no active positional data plugin, this function will initiate searching for a
+	/// new one.
+	void checkForAvailablePositionalDataPlugin();
 
-	signals:
-		/// A signal emitted if the PluginManager (acting as an event filter) detected
-		/// a QKeyEvent.
-		///
-		/// @param key The code of the affected key (as encoded by Qt::Key)
-		/// @param modifiers The modifiers that were active in the moment of the event
-		/// @param isPress True if the key has been pressed, false if it has been released
-		void keyEvent(unsigned int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool isPress);
+signals:
+	/// A signal emitted if the PluginManager (acting as an event filter) detected
+	/// a QKeyEvent.
+	///
+	/// @param key The code of the affected key (as encoded by Qt::Key)
+	/// @param modifiers The modifiers that were active in the moment of the event
+	/// @param isPress True if the key has been pressed, false if it has been released
+	void keyEvent(unsigned int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool isPress);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/mumble/PluginUpdater.cpp b/src/mumble/PluginUpdater.cpp
index e7f4f2594..694f977a6 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PluginUpdater.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/PluginUpdater.cpp
@@ -4,31 +4,26 @@
 // Mumble source tree or at <https://www.mumble.info/LICENSE>.
 
 #include "PluginUpdater.h"
-#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "Log.h"
 #include "PluginInstaller.h"
+#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "Global.h"
 
-#include <QtWidgets/QCheckBox>
-#include <QtWidgets/QLabel>
-#include <QtCore/QHashIterator>
-#include <QtCore/QSignalBlocker>
+#include <QNetworkRequest>
+#include <QtConcurrent>
 #include <QtCore/QByteArray>
 #include <QtCore/QDir>
 #include <QtCore/QFile>
-#include <QtConcurrent>
-#include <QNetworkRequest>
+#include <QtCore/QHashIterator>
+#include <QtCore/QSignalBlocker>
+#include <QtWidgets/QCheckBox>
+#include <QtWidgets/QLabel>
 
 #include <algorithm>
 
 PluginUpdater::PluginUpdater(QWidget *parent)
-	: QDialog(parent),
-	  m_wasInterrupted(false),
-	  m_dataMutex(),
-	  m_pluginsToUpdate(),
-	  m_networkManager(),
+	: QDialog(parent), m_wasInterrupted(false), m_dataMutex(), m_pluginsToUpdate(), m_networkManager(),
 	  m_pluginUpdateWidgets() {
-	
 	QObject::connect(&m_networkManager, &QNetworkAccessManager::finished, this, &PluginUpdater::on_updateDownloaded);
 }
 
@@ -41,7 +36,7 @@ void PluginUpdater::checkForUpdates() {
 	QtConcurrent::run([this]() {
 		QMutexLocker lock(&m_dataMutex);
 
-		const QVector<const_plugin_ptr_t> plugins = Global::get().pluginManager->getPlugins();
+		const QVector< const_plugin_ptr_t > plugins = Global::get().pluginManager->getPlugins();
 
 		for (int i = 0; i < plugins.size(); i++) {
 			const_plugin_ptr_t plugin = plugins[i];
@@ -100,7 +95,7 @@ void PluginUpdater::populateUI() {
 	QMutexLocker l(&m_dataMutex);
 	for (int i = 0; i < m_pluginsToUpdate.size(); i++) {
 		UpdateEntry currentEntry = m_pluginsToUpdate[i];
-		plugin_id_t pluginID = currentEntry.pluginID;
+		plugin_id_t pluginID     = currentEntry.pluginID;
 
 		const_plugin_ptr_t plugin = Global::get().pluginManager->getPlugin(pluginID);
 
@@ -125,15 +120,16 @@ void PluginUpdater::populateUI() {
 	}
 
 	// sort the plugins alphabetically
-	std::sort(m_pluginUpdateWidgets.begin(), m_pluginUpdateWidgets.end(), [](const UpdateWidgetPair &first, const UpdateWidgetPair &second) {
-		return first.pluginCheckBox->text().compare(second.pluginCheckBox->text(), Qt::CaseInsensitive) < 0;
-	});
+	std::sort(m_pluginUpdateWidgets.begin(), m_pluginUpdateWidgets.end(),
+			  [](const UpdateWidgetPair &first, const UpdateWidgetPair &second) {
+				  return first.pluginCheckBox->text().compare(second.pluginCheckBox->text(), Qt::CaseInsensitive) < 0;
+			  });
 
 	// add the widgets to the layout
 	for (int i = 0; i < m_pluginUpdateWidgets.size(); i++) {
 		UpdateWidgetPair &currentPair = m_pluginUpdateWidgets[i];
 
-		static_cast<QFormLayout*>(qwContent->layout())->addRow(currentPair.pluginCheckBox, currentPair.urlLabel);
+		static_cast< QFormLayout * >(qwContent->layout())->addRow(currentPair.pluginCheckBox, currentPair.urlLabel);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -160,7 +156,7 @@ void PluginUpdater::on_selectAll(int checkState) {
 	for (int i = 0; i < m_pluginUpdateWidgets.size(); i++) {
 		UpdateWidgetPair &currentPair = m_pluginUpdateWidgets[i];
 
-		currentPair.pluginCheckBox->setCheckState(static_cast<Qt::CheckState>(checkState));
+		currentPair.pluginCheckBox->setCheckState(static_cast< Qt::CheckState >(checkState));
 	}
 }
 
@@ -210,9 +206,9 @@ void PluginUpdater::on_finished(int result) {
 			bool updateCurrent = false;
 			for (int k = 0; k < m_pluginUpdateWidgets.size(); k++) {
 				QCheckBox *checkBox = m_pluginUpdateWidgets[k].pluginCheckBox;
-				QVariant idVariant = checkBox->property("pluginID");
+				QVariant idVariant  = checkBox->property("pluginID");
 
-				if (idVariant.isValid() && static_cast<plugin_id_t>(idVariant.toInt()) == id) {
+				if (idVariant.isValid() && static_cast< plugin_id_t >(idVariant.toInt()) == id) {
 					updateCurrent = checkBox->isChecked();
 					break;
 				}
@@ -263,8 +259,8 @@ void PluginUpdater::on_updateDownloaded(QNetworkReply *reply) {
 
 		if (!foundID) {
 			// Can't match the URL to a pluginID
-			qWarning() << "PluginUpdater: Requested update for plugin from"
-				<< reply->url() << "but didn't find corresponding plugin again!";
+			qWarning() << "PluginUpdater: Requested update for plugin from" << reply->url()
+					   << "but didn't find corresponding plugin again!";
 			return;
 		}
 
@@ -273,8 +269,8 @@ void PluginUpdater::on_updateDownloaded(QNetworkReply *reply) {
 
 		if (!plugin) {
 			// Can't find plugin with given ID
-			qWarning() << "PluginUpdater: Got update for plugin with id"
-				<< entry.pluginID << "but it doesn't seem to exist anymore!";
+			qWarning() << "PluginUpdater: Got update for plugin with id" << entry.pluginID
+					   << "but it doesn't seem to exist anymore!";
 			return;
 		}
 
@@ -282,13 +278,11 @@ void PluginUpdater::on_updateDownloaded(QNetworkReply *reply) {
 		if (reply->error() != QNetworkReply::NoError) {
 			// There was an error during this request. Report it
 			Log::logOrDefer(Log::Warning,
-					tr("Unable to download plugin update for \"%1\" from \"%2\" (%3)").arg(
-						plugin->getName()).arg(reply->url().toString()).arg(
-							QString::fromLatin1(
-								QMetaEnum::fromType<QNetworkReply::NetworkError>().valueToKey(reply->error())
-							)
-						)
-					);
+							tr("Unable to download plugin update for \"%1\" from \"%2\" (%3)")
+								.arg(plugin->getName())
+								.arg(reply->url().toString())
+								.arg(QString::fromLatin1(
+									QMetaEnum::fromType< QNetworkReply::NetworkError >().valueToKey(reply->error()))));
 			return;
 		}
 
@@ -300,13 +294,14 @@ void PluginUpdater::on_updateDownloaded(QNetworkReply *reply) {
 			// We have been redirected
 			if (entry.redirects >= MAX_REDIRECTS - 1) {
 				// Maximum redirect count exceeded
-				Log::logOrDefer(Log::Warning, tr("Update for plugin \"%1\" failed due to too many redirects").arg(plugin->getName()));
+				Log::logOrDefer(Log::Warning,
+								tr("Update for plugin \"%1\" failed due to too many redirects").arg(plugin->getName()));
 
 				return;
 			}
 
 			QUrl redirectedUrl = reply->attribute(QNetworkRequest::RedirectionTargetAttribute).toUrl();
-			// Because the redirection url can be relative, 
+			// Because the redirection url can be relative,
 			// we have to use the previous one to resolve it
 			redirectedUrl = reply->url().resolved(redirectedUrl);
 
@@ -329,9 +324,10 @@ void PluginUpdater::on_updateDownloaded(QNetworkReply *reply) {
 		if (httpStatusCode < 200 || httpStatusCode >= 300) {
 			// HTTP request has failed
 			Log::logOrDefer(Log::Warning,
-					tr("Unable to download plugin update for \"%1\" from \"%2\" (HTTP status code %3)").arg(
-						plugin->getName()).arg(reply->url().toString()).arg(httpStatusCode)
-					);
+							tr("Unable to download plugin update for \"%1\" from \"%2\" (HTTP status code %3)")
+								.arg(plugin->getName())
+								.arg(reply->url().toString())
+								.arg(httpStatusCode));
 
 			return;
 		}
@@ -341,8 +337,8 @@ void PluginUpdater::on_updateDownloaded(QNetworkReply *reply) {
 
 		// Write the content to a file in the temp-dir
 		if (content.isEmpty()) {
-			qWarning() << "PluginUpdater: Update for" << plugin->getName() << "from"
-				<< reply->url().toString() << "resulted in no content!";
+			qWarning() << "PluginUpdater: Update for" << plugin->getName() << "from" << reply->url().toString()
+					   << "resulted in no content!";
 			return;
 		}
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/PluginUpdater.h b/src/mumble/PluginUpdater.h
index 2d9041d3d..499325f4d 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PluginUpdater.h
+++ b/src/mumble/PluginUpdater.h
@@ -6,16 +6,16 @@
 #ifndef MUMBLE_MUMBLE_PLUGINUPDATER_H_
 #define MUMBLE_MUMBLE_PLUGINUPDATER_H_
 
-#include <QtCore/QVector>
-#include <QtCore/QUrl>
-#include <QtCore/QMutex>
 #include <QNetworkAccessManager>
 #include <QNetworkReply>
+#include <QtCore/QMutex>
+#include <QtCore/QUrl>
+#include <QtCore/QVector>
 
 #include <atomic>
 
-#include "ui_PluginUpdater.h"
 #include "Plugin.h"
+#include "ui_PluginUpdater.h"
 
 /// A helper struct to store a pair of a CheckBox and a label corresponding to
 /// a single plugin.
@@ -36,72 +36,72 @@ struct UpdateEntry {
 /// A class designed for managing plugin updates. At the same time this also represents
 /// a Dialog that can be used to prompt the user whether certain updates should be updated.
 class PluginUpdater : public QDialog, public Ui::PluginUpdater {
-	private:
-		Q_OBJECT;
-		Q_DISABLE_COPY(PluginUpdater);
+private:
+	Q_OBJECT;
+	Q_DISABLE_COPY(PluginUpdater);
 
-	protected:
-		/// An atomic flag indicating whether the plugin update has been interrupted. It is used
-		/// to exit some loops in different threads before they are done.
-		std::atomic<bool> m_wasInterrupted;
-		/// A mutex for m_pluginsToUpdate.
-		QMutex m_dataMutex;
-		/// A vector holding plugins that can be updated by storing a pluginID and the download URL
-		/// in form of an UpdateEntry.
-		QVector<UpdateEntry> m_pluginsToUpdate;
-		/// The NetworkManager used to perform the downloding of plugins.
-		QNetworkAccessManager m_networkManager;
-		/// A vector of the UI elements created for the individual plugins (in form of UpdateWidgetPairs).
-		/// NOTE: This vector may only be accessed from the UI thread this dialog is living in!
-		QVector<UpdateWidgetPair> m_pluginUpdateWidgets;
+protected:
+	/// An atomic flag indicating whether the plugin update has been interrupted. It is used
+	/// to exit some loops in different threads before they are done.
+	std::atomic< bool > m_wasInterrupted;
+	/// A mutex for m_pluginsToUpdate.
+	QMutex m_dataMutex;
+	/// A vector holding plugins that can be updated by storing a pluginID and the download URL
+	/// in form of an UpdateEntry.
+	QVector< UpdateEntry > m_pluginsToUpdate;
+	/// The NetworkManager used to perform the downloding of plugins.
+	QNetworkAccessManager m_networkManager;
+	/// A vector of the UI elements created for the individual plugins (in form of UpdateWidgetPairs).
+	/// NOTE: This vector may only be accessed from the UI thread this dialog is living in!
+	QVector< UpdateWidgetPair > m_pluginUpdateWidgets;
 
-		/// Populates the UI with plugins that have been found to have an update available (through a call
-		/// to checkForUpdates()).
-		void populateUI();
+	/// Populates the UI with plugins that have been found to have an update available (through a call
+	/// to checkForUpdates()).
+	void populateUI();
 
-	public:
-		/// Constructor
-		///
-		/// @param parent A pointer to the QWidget parent of this object
-		PluginUpdater(QWidget *parent = nullptr);
-		/// Destructor
-		~PluginUpdater();
+public:
+	/// Constructor
+	///
+	/// @param parent A pointer to the QWidget parent of this object
+	PluginUpdater(QWidget *parent = nullptr);
+	/// Destructor
+	~PluginUpdater();
 
-		// The maximum number of redirects to allow
-		static constexpr int MAX_REDIRECTS = 10;
+	// The maximum number of redirects to allow
+	static constexpr int MAX_REDIRECTS = 10;
 
-		/// Triggers an update check for all plugins that are currently recognized by Mumble. This is done
-		/// in a non-blocking fashion (in another thread). Once all plugins have been checked and if there
-		/// are updates available, the updatesAvailable signal is emitted.
-		void checkForUpdates();
-		/// Launches a Dialog that asks the user which of the plugins an update has been found for, shall be
-		/// updated. If the user has selected at least selected one plugin and has accepted the dialog, this
-		/// function will automatically call update().
-		void promptAndUpdate();
-		/// Starts the update process of the plugins. This is done asynchronously.
-		void update();
-	public slots:
-		/// Clears the UI from the widgets created for the individual plugins.
-		void clearUI();
-		/// Slot triggered if the user changes the state of the selectAll CheckBox.
-		void on_selectAll(int checkState);
-		/// Slot triggered if the user toggles the CheckBox for any individual plugin.
-		void on_singleSelectionChanged(int checkState);
-		/// Slot triggered when the dialog is being closed.
-		void on_finished(int result);
-		/// Slot that can be triggered to ask for the update process to be interrupted.
-		void interrupt();
-	protected slots:
-		/// Slot triggered once an update for a plugin has been downloaded.
-		void on_updateDownloaded(QNetworkReply *reply);
+	/// Triggers an update check for all plugins that are currently recognized by Mumble. This is done
+	/// in a non-blocking fashion (in another thread). Once all plugins have been checked and if there
+	/// are updates available, the updatesAvailable signal is emitted.
+	void checkForUpdates();
+	/// Launches a Dialog that asks the user which of the plugins an update has been found for, shall be
+	/// updated. If the user has selected at least selected one plugin and has accepted the dialog, this
+	/// function will automatically call update().
+	void promptAndUpdate();
+	/// Starts the update process of the plugins. This is done asynchronously.
+	void update();
+public slots:
+	/// Clears the UI from the widgets created for the individual plugins.
+	void clearUI();
+	/// Slot triggered if the user changes the state of the selectAll CheckBox.
+	void on_selectAll(int checkState);
+	/// Slot triggered if the user toggles the CheckBox for any individual plugin.
+	void on_singleSelectionChanged(int checkState);
+	/// Slot triggered when the dialog is being closed.
+	void on_finished(int result);
+	/// Slot that can be triggered to ask for the update process to be interrupted.
+	void interrupt();
+protected slots:
+	/// Slot triggered once an update for a plugin has been downloaded.
+	void on_updateDownloaded(QNetworkReply *reply);
 
-	signals:
-		/// This signal is emitted once it has been determined that there are plugin updates available.
-		void updatesAvailable();
-		/// This signal is emitted once all plugin updates have been downloaded and processed.
-		void updatingFinished();
-		/// This signal is emitted every time the update process has been interrupted.
-		void updateInterrupted();
+signals:
+	/// This signal is emitted once it has been determined that there are plugin updates available.
+	void updatesAvailable();
+	/// This signal is emitted once all plugin updates have been downloaded and processed.
+	void updatingFinished();
+	/// This signal is emitted every time the update process has been interrupted.
+	void updateInterrupted();
 };
 
 #endif // MUMBLE_MUMBLE_PLUGINUPDATER_H_
diff --git a/src/mumble/PositionalData.cpp b/src/mumble/PositionalData.cpp
index 8a510e1df..8dd9332a9 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PositionalData.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/PositionalData.cpp
@@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ Vector3D::Vector3D() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f), z(0.0f) {
 Vector3D::Vector3D(float x, float y, float z) : x(x), y(y), z(z) {
 }
 
-Vector3D::Vector3D(const Vector3D& other) : x(other.x), y(other.y), z(other.z) {
+Vector3D::Vector3D(const Vector3D &other) : x(other.x), y(other.y), z(other.z) {
 }
 
 Vector3D::~Vector3D() {
 }
 
 float Vector3D::operator[](Coord coord) const {
-	switch(coord) {
+	switch (coord) {
 		case Coord::X:
 			return x;
 		case Coord::Y:
@@ -57,15 +57,15 @@ void Vector3D::operator/=(float divisor) {
 	z /= divisor;
 }
 
-bool Vector3D::operator==(const Vector3D& other) const {
+bool Vector3D::operator==(const Vector3D &other) const {
 	return equals(other, 0.0f);
 }
 
-Vector3D Vector3D::operator-(const Vector3D& other) const {
+Vector3D Vector3D::operator-(const Vector3D &other) const {
 	return { x - other.x, y - other.y, z - other.z };
 }
 
-Vector3D Vector3D::operator+(const Vector3D& other) const {
+Vector3D Vector3D::operator+(const Vector3D &other) const {
 	return { x + other.x, y + other.y, z + other.z };
 }
 
@@ -77,21 +77,22 @@ float Vector3D::norm() const {
 	return std::sqrt(normSquared());
 }
 
-float Vector3D::dotProduct(const Vector3D& other) const {
+float Vector3D::dotProduct(const Vector3D &other) const {
 	return x * other.x + y * other.y + z * other.z;
 }
 
-Vector3D Vector3D::crossProduct(const Vector3D& other) const {
+Vector3D Vector3D::crossProduct(const Vector3D &other) const {
 	return { y * other.z - z * other.y, z * other.x - x * other.z, x * other.y - y * other.x };
 }
 
-bool Vector3D::equals(const Vector3D& other, float threshold) const {
+bool Vector3D::equals(const Vector3D &other, float threshold) const {
 	if (threshold == 0.0f) {
 		return x == other.x && y == other.y && z == other.z;
 	} else {
 		threshold = std::abs(threshold);
 
-		return std::abs(x - other.x) < threshold && std::abs(y - other.y) < threshold && std::abs(z - other.z) < threshold;
+		return std::abs(x - other.x) < threshold && std::abs(y - other.y) < threshold
+			   && std::abs(z - other.z) < threshold;
 	}
 }
 
@@ -118,27 +119,14 @@ void Vector3D::toZero() {
 }
 
 PositionalData::PositionalData()
-	: m_playerPos(),
-	  m_playerDir(),
-	  m_playerAxis(),
-	  m_cameraPos(),
-	  m_cameraDir(),
-	  m_cameraAxis(),
-	  m_context(),
-	  m_identity(),
-	  m_lock(QReadWriteLock::NonRecursive) {
+	: m_playerPos(), m_playerDir(), m_playerAxis(), m_cameraPos(), m_cameraDir(), m_cameraAxis(), m_context(),
+	  m_identity(), m_lock(QReadWriteLock::NonRecursive) {
 }
 
 PositionalData::PositionalData(Position3D playerPos, Vector3D playerDir, Vector3D playerAxis, Position3D cameraPos,
-	Vector3D cameraDir, Vector3D cameraAxis, QString context, QString identity)
-	: m_playerPos(playerPos),
-	  m_playerDir(playerDir),
-	  m_playerAxis(playerAxis),
-	  m_cameraPos(cameraPos),
-	  m_cameraDir(cameraDir),
-	  m_cameraAxis(cameraAxis),
-	  m_context(context),
-	  m_identity(identity),
+							   Vector3D cameraDir, Vector3D cameraAxis, QString context, QString identity)
+	: m_playerPos(playerPos), m_playerDir(playerDir), m_playerAxis(playerAxis), m_cameraPos(cameraPos),
+	  m_cameraDir(cameraDir), m_cameraAxis(cameraAxis), m_context(context), m_identity(identity),
 	  m_lock(QReadWriteLock::NonRecursive) {
 }
 
@@ -146,7 +134,7 @@ PositionalData::~PositionalData() {
 }
 
 
-void PositionalData::getPlayerPos(Position3D& pos) const {
+void PositionalData::getPlayerPos(Position3D &pos) const {
 	QReadLocker lock(&m_lock);
 
 	pos = m_playerPos;
@@ -158,7 +146,7 @@ Position3D PositionalData::getPlayerPos() const {
 	return m_playerPos;
 }
 
-void PositionalData::getPlayerDir(Vector3D& vec) const {
+void PositionalData::getPlayerDir(Vector3D &vec) const {
 	QReadLocker lock(&m_lock);
 
 	vec = m_playerDir;
@@ -170,7 +158,7 @@ Vector3D PositionalData::getPlayerDir() const {
 	return m_playerDir;
 }
 
-void PositionalData::getPlayerAxis(Vector3D& vec) const {
+void PositionalData::getPlayerAxis(Vector3D &vec) const {
 	QReadLocker lock(&m_lock);
 
 	vec = m_playerAxis;
@@ -182,7 +170,7 @@ Vector3D PositionalData::getPlayerAxis() const {
 	return m_playerAxis;
 }
 
-void PositionalData::getCameraPos(Position3D& pos) const {
+void PositionalData::getCameraPos(Position3D &pos) const {
 	QReadLocker lock(&m_lock);
 
 	pos = m_cameraPos;
@@ -194,7 +182,7 @@ Position3D PositionalData::getCameraPos() const {
 	return m_cameraPos;
 }
 
-void PositionalData::getCameraDir(Vector3D& vec) const {
+void PositionalData::getCameraDir(Vector3D &vec) const {
 	QReadLocker lock(&m_lock);
 
 	vec = m_cameraDir;
@@ -206,7 +194,7 @@ Vector3D PositionalData::getCameraDir() const {
 	return m_cameraDir;
 }
 
-void PositionalData::getCameraAxis(Vector3D& vec) const {
+void PositionalData::getCameraAxis(Vector3D &vec) const {
 	QReadLocker lock(&m_lock);
 
 	vec = m_cameraAxis;
@@ -237,6 +225,6 @@ void PositionalData::reset() {
 	m_cameraPos.toZero();
 	m_cameraDir.toZero();
 	m_cameraAxis.toZero();
-	m_context = QString();
+	m_context  = QString();
 	m_identity = QString();
 }
diff --git a/src/mumble/PositionalData.h b/src/mumble/PositionalData.h
index a0f6f4013..5bbbeb9f8 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PositionalData.h
+++ b/src/mumble/PositionalData.h
@@ -6,99 +6,100 @@
 #ifndef MUMBLE_MUMBLE_POSITIONAL_AUDIO_CONTEXT_H_
 #define MUMBLE_MUMBLE_POSITIONAL_AUDIO_CONTEXT_H_
 
-#include <QtCore/QString>
 #include <QtCore/QReadWriteLock>
+#include <QtCore/QString>
 
 /// An enum for the three cartesian coordinate axes x, y and z
-enum class Coord {X=0,Y,Z};
+enum class Coord { X = 0, Y, Z };
 
 /// A 3D vector class holding an x-, y- and z-coordinate
 struct Vector3D {
-		/// The vector's x-coordinate
-		float x;
-		/// The vector's y-coordinate
-		float y;
-		/// The vector's z-coordinate
-		float z;
+	/// The vector's x-coordinate
+	float x;
+	/// The vector's y-coordinate
+	float y;
+	/// The vector's z-coordinate
+	float z;
 
-		/// Access the respective coordinate in an array-like fashion
-		///
-		/// @param coord The Coord to access
-		/// @returns The value of the respective coordinate
-		float operator[](Coord coord) const;
-		/// @param factor The factor to scale by
-		/// @returns A new vector that has been created by scaling this vector by the given factor
-		Vector3D operator*(float factor) const;
-		/// @param divisor The divisor to apply to all coordinates
-		/// @returns A new vector obtained from this one by applying the divisor to all coordinates
-		Vector3D operator/(float divisor) const;
-		/// Scales this vector by the given factor
-		///
-		/// @param factor The factor to use
-		void operator*=(float factor);
-		/// Divides all of this vector's coordinates by the given divisor
-		///
-		/// @param divisor The divisor to use
-		void operator/=(float divisor);
-		/// @param other The vector to compare this one to
-		/// @returns Whether the given vector is equal to this one (their coordinates are the same)
-		bool operator==(const Vector3D& other) const;
-		/// @param other The vector to subtract from this one
-		/// @returns A new vector representing the difference of this vector and the other one
-		Vector3D operator-(const Vector3D& other) const;
-		/// @param other The vector to add to this one
-		/// @returns A new vector representing the sum of this vector and the other one
-		Vector3D operator+(const Vector3D& other) const;
-		/// @param other The vector to copy
-		/// @returns A copy of the other vector
-		Vector3D& operator=(const Vector3D& other) = default;
+	/// Access the respective coordinate in an array-like fashion
+	///
+	/// @param coord The Coord to access
+	/// @returns The value of the respective coordinate
+	float operator[](Coord coord) const;
+	/// @param factor The factor to scale by
+	/// @returns A new vector that has been created by scaling this vector by the given factor
+	Vector3D operator*(float factor) const;
+	/// @param divisor The divisor to apply to all coordinates
+	/// @returns A new vector obtained from this one by applying the divisor to all coordinates
+	Vector3D operator/(float divisor) const;
+	/// Scales this vector by the given factor
+	///
+	/// @param factor The factor to use
+	void operator*=(float factor);
+	/// Divides all of this vector's coordinates by the given divisor
+	///
+	/// @param divisor The divisor to use
+	void operator/=(float divisor);
+	/// @param other The vector to compare this one to
+	/// @returns Whether the given vector is equal to this one (their coordinates are the same)
+	bool operator==(const Vector3D &other) const;
+	/// @param other The vector to subtract from this one
+	/// @returns A new vector representing the difference of this vector and the other one
+	Vector3D operator-(const Vector3D &other) const;
+	/// @param other The vector to add to this one
+	/// @returns A new vector representing the sum of this vector and the other one
+	Vector3D operator+(const Vector3D &other) const;
+	/// @param other The vector to copy
+	/// @returns A copy of the other vector
+	Vector3D &operator=(const Vector3D &other) = default;
 
-		// allow explicit conversions from this struct to a float-array / float-pointer
-		/// Explicit conversion to a float-array (of length 3) containing the coordinates of this vector
-		explicit operator const float*() const { return &x; };
-		/// Explicit conversion to a float-array (of length 3) containing the coordinates of this vector
-		explicit operator float*() { return &x; };
+	// allow explicit conversions from this struct to a float-array / float-pointer
+	/// Explicit conversion to a float-array (of length 3) containing the coordinates of this vector
+	explicit operator const float *() const { return &x; };
+	/// Explicit conversion to a float-array (of length 3) containing the coordinates of this vector
+	explicit operator float *() { return &x; };
 
-		/// Default constructor - sets all coordinates to 0
-		Vector3D();
-		/// @param x The x-coordinate
-		/// @param y The y-coordinate
-		/// @param z The z-coordinate
-		Vector3D(float x, float y, float z);
-		/// Copy constructor
-		///
-		/// @param other The vector to copy
-		Vector3D(const Vector3D& other);
-		/// Destructor
-		~Vector3D();
-		/// @returns The squared euclidean norm (length of the vector)
-		float normSquared() const;
-		/// If possible normSquared() should be preferred as this doesn't require a square-root operator
-		///
-		/// @returns The euclidean norm (length of the vector)
-		float norm() const;
-		/// @param other The vector to calculate the dot-product with
-		/// @returns The dot-product between this vector an the other one
-		float dotProduct(const Vector3D& other) const;
-		/// @param other The vector to calculate the cross-product (vector-product) with
-		/// @returns The vector resulting from the cross-product (vector-product)
-		Vector3D crossProduct(const Vector3D& other) const;
-		/// @param other The vector to compare this one to
-		/// @param threshold The maximum absolute difference for coordinates to still be considered equal
-		/// @returns Whether this and the given vector are equal
-		bool equals(const Vector3D& other, float threshold = 0.0f) const;
-		/// @param threshold The maximum absolute value a coordinate may have to still be considered zero
-		/// @returns Whether this vector is the zero-vector
-		bool isZero(float threshold = 0.0f) const;
-		/// Normalizes this vector to a unit-vector. Callin this function on a zero-vector results in undefined behaviour!
-		void normalize();
-		/// Transforms this vector to a zero-vector by setting all coordinates to zero
-		void toZero();
+	/// Default constructor - sets all coordinates to 0
+	Vector3D();
+	/// @param x The x-coordinate
+	/// @param y The y-coordinate
+	/// @param z The z-coordinate
+	Vector3D(float x, float y, float z);
+	/// Copy constructor
+	///
+	/// @param other The vector to copy
+	Vector3D(const Vector3D &other);
+	/// Destructor
+	~Vector3D();
+	/// @returns The squared euclidean norm (length of the vector)
+	float normSquared() const;
+	/// If possible normSquared() should be preferred as this doesn't require a square-root operator
+	///
+	/// @returns The euclidean norm (length of the vector)
+	float norm() const;
+	/// @param other The vector to calculate the dot-product with
+	/// @returns The dot-product between this vector an the other one
+	float dotProduct(const Vector3D &other) const;
+	/// @param other The vector to calculate the cross-product (vector-product) with
+	/// @returns The vector resulting from the cross-product (vector-product)
+	Vector3D crossProduct(const Vector3D &other) const;
+	/// @param other The vector to compare this one to
+	/// @param threshold The maximum absolute difference for coordinates to still be considered equal
+	/// @returns Whether this and the given vector are equal
+	bool equals(const Vector3D &other, float threshold = 0.0f) const;
+	/// @param threshold The maximum absolute value a coordinate may have to still be considered zero
+	/// @returns Whether this vector is the zero-vector
+	bool isZero(float threshold = 0.0f) const;
+	/// Normalizes this vector to a unit-vector. Callin this function on a zero-vector results in undefined behaviour!
+	void normalize();
+	/// Transforms this vector to a zero-vector by setting all coordinates to zero
+	void toZero();
 };
 
-// As we're casting the vector struct to float-arrays, we have to make sure that the compiler won't introduce any padding
-// into the structure
-static_assert(sizeof(Vector3D) == 3*sizeof(float), "The compiler added padding to the Vector3D structure so it can't be cast to a float-array!");
+// As we're casting the vector struct to float-arrays, we have to make sure that the compiler won't introduce any
+// padding into the structure
+static_assert(sizeof(Vector3D) == 3 * sizeof(float),
+			  "The compiler added padding to the Vector3D structure so it can't be cast to a float-array!");
 
 /// A convenient alias as a position can be treated the same way a vector can
 typedef Vector3D Position3D;
@@ -107,65 +108,65 @@ typedef Vector3D Position3D;
 /// A class holding positional data used in the positional audio feature
 class PositionalData {
 	friend class PluginManager; // needed in order for PluginManager::fetch to write to the contained fields
-	protected:
-		/// The player's position in the 3D world
-		Position3D m_playerPos;
-		/// The direction in which the player is looking
-		Vector3D m_playerDir;
-		/// The connection vector between the player's feet and his/her head
-		Vector3D m_playerAxis;
-		/// The camera's position un the 3D world
-		Position3D m_cameraPos;
-		/// The direction in which the camera is looking
-		Vector3D m_cameraDir;
-		/// The connection from the camera's bottom to its top
-		Vector3D m_cameraAxis;
-		/// The context of this positional data. This might include the game's name, the server currently connected to, etc. and is used
-		/// to determine which players can hear one another
-		QString m_context;
-		/// The player's ingame identity (name)
-		QString m_identity;
-		/// The lock guarding all fields of this class
-		mutable QReadWriteLock m_lock;
+protected:
+	/// The player's position in the 3D world
+	Position3D m_playerPos;
+	/// The direction in which the player is looking
+	Vector3D m_playerDir;
+	/// The connection vector between the player's feet and his/her head
+	Vector3D m_playerAxis;
+	/// The camera's position un the 3D world
+	Position3D m_cameraPos;
+	/// The direction in which the camera is looking
+	Vector3D m_cameraDir;
+	/// The connection from the camera's bottom to its top
+	Vector3D m_cameraAxis;
+	/// The context of this positional data. This might include the game's name, the server currently connected to, etc.
+	/// and is used to determine which players can hear one another
+	QString m_context;
+	/// The player's ingame identity (name)
+	QString m_identity;
+	/// The lock guarding all fields of this class
+	mutable QReadWriteLock m_lock;
 
-	public:
-		/// Default constructor
-		PositionalData();
-		/// Constructor initializing all fields to a specific value
-		PositionalData(Position3D playerPos, Vector3D playerDir, Vector3D playerAxis, Position3D cameraPos, Vector3D cameraDir,
-				Vector3D cameraAxis, QString context, QString identity);
-		/// Destructor
-		~PositionalData();
-		/// @param[out] pos The player's 3D position
-		void getPlayerPos(Position3D& pos) const;
-		/// @returns The player's 3D position
-		Position3D getPlayerPos() const;
-		/// @param[out] vec The direction in which the player is currently looking
-		void getPlayerDir(Vector3D& vec) const;
-		/// @returns The direction in which the player is currently looking
-		Vector3D getPlayerDir() const;
-		/// @param[out] axis The connection between the player's feet and his/her head
-		void getPlayerAxis(Vector3D& axis) const;
-		/// @returns The connection between the player's feet and his/her head
-		Vector3D getPlayerAxis() const;
-		/// @param[out] pos The camera's 3D position
-		void getCameraPos(Position3D& pos) const;
-		/// @returns The camera's 3D position
-		Position3D getCameraPos() const;
-		/// @param[out] vec The direction in which the camera is currently looking
-		void getCameraDir(Vector3D& vec) const;
-		/// @returns The direction in which the camera is currently looking
-		Vector3D getCameraDir() const;
-		/// @param[out] axis The connection between the player's feet and his/her head
-		void getCameraAxis(Vector3D& axis) const;
-		/// @returns The connection between the player's feet and his/her head
-		Vector3D getCameraAxis() const;
-		/// @returns The player's identity
-		QString getPlayerIdentity() const;
-		/// @returns The current context
-		QString getContext() const;
-		/// Resets all fields in this object
-		void reset();
+public:
+	/// Default constructor
+	PositionalData();
+	/// Constructor initializing all fields to a specific value
+	PositionalData(Position3D playerPos, Vector3D playerDir, Vector3D playerAxis, Position3D cameraPos,
+				   Vector3D cameraDir, Vector3D cameraAxis, QString context, QString identity);
+	/// Destructor
+	~PositionalData();
+	/// @param[out] pos The player's 3D position
+	void getPlayerPos(Position3D &pos) const;
+	/// @returns The player's 3D position
+	Position3D getPlayerPos() const;
+	/// @param[out] vec The direction in which the player is currently looking
+	void getPlayerDir(Vector3D &vec) const;
+	/// @returns The direction in which the player is currently looking
+	Vector3D getPlayerDir() const;
+	/// @param[out] axis The connection between the player's feet and his/her head
+	void getPlayerAxis(Vector3D &axis) const;
+	/// @returns The connection between the player's feet and his/her head
+	Vector3D getPlayerAxis() const;
+	/// @param[out] pos The camera's 3D position
+	void getCameraPos(Position3D &pos) const;
+	/// @returns The camera's 3D position
+	Position3D getCameraPos() const;
+	/// @param[out] vec The direction in which the camera is currently looking
+	void getCameraDir(Vector3D &vec) const;
+	/// @returns The direction in which the camera is currently looking
+	Vector3D getCameraDir() const;
+	/// @param[out] axis The connection between the player's feet and his/her head
+	void getCameraAxis(Vector3D &axis) const;
+	/// @returns The connection between the player's feet and his/her head
+	Vector3D getCameraAxis() const;
+	/// @returns The player's identity
+	QString getPlayerIdentity() const;
+	/// @returns The current context
+	QString getContext() const;
+	/// Resets all fields in this object
+	void reset();
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/mumble/PulseAudio.cpp b/src/mumble/PulseAudio.cpp
index dcfb1cef5..947532dd8 100644
--- a/src/mumble/PulseAudio.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/PulseAudio.cpp
@@ -320,7 +320,6 @@ void PulseAudioSystem::eventCallback(pa_mainloop_api *api, pa_defer_event *) {
 			qsInputCache = idev;
 
 			m_pulseAudio.stream_connect_record(pasInput, qPrintable(idev), &buff, PA_STREAM_ADJUST_LATENCY);
-
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -920,8 +919,8 @@ void PulseAudioInputRegistrar::setDeviceChoice(const QVariant &choice, Settings
 }
 
 bool PulseAudioInputRegistrar::canEcho(EchoCancelOptionID echoOption, const QString &osys) const {
-	return (echoOption == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MIXED
-	        || echoOption == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MULTICHANNEL) && (osys == name);
+	return (echoOption == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MIXED || echoOption == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MULTICHANNEL)
+		   && (osys == name);
 }
 
 PulseAudioOutputRegistrar::PulseAudioOutputRegistrar() : AudioOutputRegistrar(QLatin1String("PulseAudio"), 10) {
diff --git a/src/mumble/RichTextEditor.cpp b/src/mumble/RichTextEditor.cpp
index 5d361059d..6a8cd1759 100644
--- a/src/mumble/RichTextEditor.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/RichTextEditor.cpp
@@ -235,7 +235,8 @@ void RichTextEditor::on_qaImage_triggered() {
 	if (qba.isEmpty())
 		return;
 
-	if ((Global::get().uiImageLength > 0) && (static_cast< unsigned int >(qba.length()) > Global::get().uiImageLength)) {
+	if ((Global::get().uiImageLength > 0)
+		&& (static_cast< unsigned int >(qba.length()) > Global::get().uiImageLength)) {
 		QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Failed to load image"),
 							 tr("Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB.")
 								 .arg(Global::get().uiImageLength / 1024));
diff --git a/src/mumble/ServerHandler.cpp b/src/mumble/ServerHandler.cpp
index 429adc3f3..4eb8d6e14 100644
--- a/src/mumble/ServerHandler.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/ServerHandler.cpp
@@ -462,9 +462,9 @@ void ServerHandler::run() {
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
 			if (hQoS) {
 				if (!QOSRemoveSocketFromFlow(hQoS, 0, dwFlowUDP, 0)) {
-					qWarning(
-						"ServerHandler: Failed to remove UDP from QoS. QOSRemoveSocketFromFlow() failed with error %lu!",
-						GetLastError());
+					qWarning("ServerHandler: Failed to remove UDP from QoS. QOSRemoveSocketFromFlow() failed with "
+							 "error %lu!",
+							 GetLastError());
 				}
 
 				dwFlowUDP = 0;
@@ -644,9 +644,11 @@ void ServerHandler::message(unsigned int msgType, const QByteArray &qbaMsg) {
 						Global::get().mw->msgBox(
 							tr("UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode."));
 					else if (connection->csCrypt->uiRemoteGood == 0)
-						Global::get().mw->msgBox(tr("UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode."));
+						Global::get().mw->msgBox(
+							tr("UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode."));
 					else
-						Global::get().mw->msgBox(tr("UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode."));
+						Global::get().mw->msgBox(
+							tr("UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode."));
 
 					database->setUdp(qbaDigest, false);
 				}
diff --git a/src/mumble/Settings.cpp b/src/mumble/Settings.cpp
index aac13c4a9..aa85f4220 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Settings.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/Settings.cpp
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@
 
 #include "../../overlay/overlay.h"
 
-#include <QtCore/QProcessEnvironment>
-#include <QtCore/QStandardPaths>
 #include <QtCore/QFileInfo>
+#include <QtCore/QProcessEnvironment>
 #include <QtCore/QRegularExpression>
+#include <QtCore/QStandardPaths>
 #include <QtGui/QImageReader>
 #include <QtWidgets/QSystemTrayIcon>
-#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5,9,0)
+#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 9, 0)
 #	include <QOperatingSystemVersion>
 #endif
 
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Settings::Settings() {
 	bLockLayout          = false;
 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN
 	// Don't enable minimize to tray by default on Windows >= 7
-#	if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5,9,0)
+#	if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 9, 0)
 	// Since Qt 5.9 QOperatingSystemVersion is preferred over QSysInfo::WinVersion
 	bHideInTray = QOperatingSystemVersion::current() < QOperatingSystemVersion::Windows7;
 #	else
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ Settings::Settings() {
 	qmMessages[Log::OtherMutedOther] = Settings::LogConsole;
 	qmMessages[Log::UserRenamed]     = Settings::LogConsole;
 	qmMessages[Log::PluginMessage]   = Settings::LogConsole;
-	
+
 	// Default theme
 	themeName      = QLatin1String("Mumble");
 	themeStyleName = QLatin1String("Lite");
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ bool Settings::doEcho() const {
 		AudioInputRegistrar *air = AudioInputRegistrar::qmNew->value(qsAudioInput);
 		if (air) {
 			if ((Global::get().s.echoOption != EchoCancelOptionID::DISABLED)
-			    && air->canEcho(Global::get().s.echoOption, qsAudioOutput))
+				&& air->canEcho(Global::get().s.echoOption, qsAudioOutput))
 				return true;
 		}
 	}
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ BOOST_TYPEOF_REGISTER_TEMPLATE(QList, 1)
 // a zero value.
 #ifdef Q_OS_MACOS
 #	undef LOAD
-#	define LOAD(var, name)                                                                          \
+#	define LOAD(var, name)                                                                              \
 		do {                                                                                             \
 			if (settings_ptr->value(QLatin1String(name)).toString() != QLatin1String("@Variant(")) {     \
 				var = qvariant_cast< BOOST_TYPEOF(var) >(settings_ptr->value(QLatin1String(name), var)); \
@@ -1011,12 +1011,12 @@ void Settings::load(QSettings *settings_ptr) {
 
 	// Plugins
 	settings_ptr->beginGroup(QLatin1String("plugins"));
-	foreach(const QString &pluginKey, settings_ptr->childGroups()) {
+	foreach (const QString &pluginKey, settings_ptr->childGroups()) {
 		QString pluginHash;
 
 		if (pluginKey.contains(QLatin1String("_"))) {
 			// The key contains the filename as well as the hash
-			int index = pluginKey.lastIndexOf(QLatin1String("_"));
+			int index  = pluginKey.lastIndexOf(QLatin1String("_"));
 			pluginHash = pluginKey.right(pluginKey.size() - index - 1);
 		} else {
 			pluginHash = pluginKey;
@@ -1024,9 +1024,11 @@ void Settings::load(QSettings *settings_ptr) {
 
 		PluginSetting pluginSettings;
 		pluginSettings.path = settings_ptr->value(pluginKey + QLatin1String("/path")).toString();
-		pluginSettings.allowKeyboardMonitoring = settings_ptr->value(pluginKey + QLatin1String("/allowKeyboardMonitoring")).toBool();
+		pluginSettings.allowKeyboardMonitoring =
+			settings_ptr->value(pluginKey + QLatin1String("/allowKeyboardMonitoring")).toBool();
 		pluginSettings.enabled = settings_ptr->value(pluginKey + QLatin1String("/enabled")).toBool();
-		pluginSettings.positionalDataEnabled = settings_ptr->value(pluginKey + QLatin1String("/positionalDataEnabled")).toBool();
+		pluginSettings.positionalDataEnabled =
+			settings_ptr->value(pluginKey + QLatin1String("/positionalDataEnabled")).toBool();
 
 		qhPluginSettings.insert(pluginHash, pluginSettings);
 	}
@@ -1038,7 +1040,7 @@ void Settings::load(QSettings *settings_ptr) {
 }
 
 #undef LOAD
-#define SAVE(var, name)                               \
+#define SAVE(var, name)                                   \
 	if (var != def.var)                                   \
 		settings_ptr->setValue(QLatin1String(name), var); \
 	else                                                  \
@@ -1401,13 +1403,13 @@ void Settings::save() {
 			settings_ptr->remove(d);
 	}
 	settings_ptr->endGroup();
-	
+
 	// Plugins
-	foreach(const QString &pluginHash, qhPluginSettings.keys()) {
-		QString savePath = QString::fromLatin1("plugins/");
+	foreach (const QString &pluginHash, qhPluginSettings.keys()) {
+		QString savePath             = QString::fromLatin1("plugins/");
 		const PluginSetting settings = qhPluginSettings.value(pluginHash);
 		const QFileInfo info(settings.path);
-		QString baseName = info.baseName(); // Get the filename without file extensions
+		QString baseName            = info.baseName(); // Get the filename without file extensions
 		const bool containsNonASCII = baseName.contains(QRegularExpression(QStringLiteral("[^\\x{0000}-\\x{007F}]")));
 
 		if (containsNonASCII || baseName.isEmpty()) {
@@ -1428,14 +1430,14 @@ void Settings::save() {
 		settings_ptr->setValue(QLatin1String("allowKeyboardMonitoring"), settings.allowKeyboardMonitoring);
 		settings_ptr->endGroup();
 	}
-	
+
 
 	settings_ptr->beginGroup(QLatin1String("overlay"));
 	os.save(settings_ptr);
 	settings_ptr->endGroup();
 }
 
-QDataStream& operator>>(QDataStream &arch, PluginSetting &setting) {
+QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &arch, PluginSetting &setting) {
 	arch >> setting.enabled;
 	arch >> setting.positionalDataEnabled;
 	arch >> setting.allowKeyboardMonitoring;
@@ -1443,7 +1445,7 @@ QDataStream& operator>>(QDataStream &arch, PluginSetting &setting) {
 	return arch;
 }
 
-QDataStream& operator<<(QDataStream &arch, const PluginSetting &setting) {
+QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &arch, const PluginSetting &setting) {
 	arch << setting.enabled;
 	arch << setting.positionalDataEnabled;
 	arch << setting.allowKeyboardMonitoring;
diff --git a/src/mumble/Settings.h b/src/mumble/Settings.h
index ab46e5391..18c5b9edb 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Settings.h
+++ b/src/mumble/Settings.h
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ struct PluginSetting {
 	bool positionalDataEnabled;
 	bool allowKeyboardMonitoring;
 };
-QDataStream& operator>>(QDataStream &arch, PluginSetting &setting);
-QDataStream& operator<<(QDataStream &arch, const PluginSetting &setting);
+QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &arch, PluginSetting &setting);
+QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &arch, const PluginSetting &setting);
 Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(PluginSetting);
 
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/TalkingUI.cpp b/src/mumble/TalkingUI.cpp
index 03ff76b88..92a0a6e58 100644
--- a/src/mumble/TalkingUI.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/TalkingUI.cpp
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ void TalkingUI::setupUI() {
 }
 
 void TalkingUI::setFontSize(MultiStyleWidgetWrapper &widgetWrapper) {
-	const double fontFactor = Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_RelativeFontSize / 100.0;
+	const double fontFactor  = Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_RelativeFontSize / 100.0;
 	const int origLineHeight = QFontMetrics(font()).height();
 
 	if (font().pixelSize() >= 0) {
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ void TalkingUI::setFontSize(MultiStyleWidgetWrapper &widgetWrapper) {
 		widgetWrapper.setFontSize(pixelSize, true);
 	} else {
 		// font specified in points
-		uint32_t pointSize =  static_cast< uint32_t >(std::max(fontFactor * font().pointSize(), 1.0));
+		uint32_t pointSize = static_cast< uint32_t >(std::max(fontFactor * font().pointSize(), 1.0));
 		widgetWrapper.setFontSize(pointSize, false);
 	}
 
@@ -329,11 +329,11 @@ QString createChannelName(const Channel *chan, bool abbreviateName, int minPrefi
 void TalkingUI::addChannel(const Channel *channel) {
 	if (findContainer(channel->iId, ContainerType::CHANNEL) < 0) {
 		// Create a QGroupBox for this channel
-		const QString channelName =
-			createChannelName(channel, Global::get().s.bTalkingUI_AbbreviateChannelNames, Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_PrefixCharCount,
-							  Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_PostfixCharCount, Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_MaxChannelNameLength,
-							  Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_ChannelHierarchyDepth, Global::get().s.qsTalkingUI_ChannelSeparator,
-							  Global::get().s.qsTalkingUI_AbbreviationReplacement, Global::get().s.bTalkingUI_AbbreviateCurrentChannel);
+		const QString channelName = createChannelName(
+			channel, Global::get().s.bTalkingUI_AbbreviateChannelNames, Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_PrefixCharCount,
+			Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_PostfixCharCount, Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_MaxChannelNameLength,
+			Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_ChannelHierarchyDepth, Global::get().s.qsTalkingUI_ChannelSeparator,
+			Global::get().s.qsTalkingUI_AbbreviationReplacement, Global::get().s.bTalkingUI_AbbreviateCurrentChannel);
 
 		std::unique_ptr< TalkingUIChannel > channelContainer =
 			std::make_unique< TalkingUIChannel >(channel->iId, channelName, *this);
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ TalkingUIUser *TalkingUI::findOrAddUser(const ClientUser *user) {
 		}
 
 		std::unique_ptr< TalkingUIUser > userEntry = std::make_unique< TalkingUIUser >(*user);
-		TalkingUIUser *newUserEntry = userEntry.get();
+		TalkingUIUser *newUserEntry                = userEntry.get();
 
 		// * 1000 as the setting is in seconds whereas the timer expects milliseconds
 		userEntry->setLifeTime(Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_SilentUserLifeTime * 1000);
@@ -552,7 +552,8 @@ void TalkingUI::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) {
 			// resulting in the proper context menu being shown at the position of the mouse which in this case is in
 			// the TalkingUI.
 			QMetaObject::invokeMethod(Global::get().mw, "on_qtvUsers_customContextMenuRequested", Qt::QueuedConnection,
-									  Q_ARG(QPoint, Global::get().mw->qtvUsers->mapFromGlobal(event->globalPos())), Q_ARG(bool, false));
+									  Q_ARG(QPoint, Global::get().mw->qtvUsers->mapFromGlobal(event->globalPos())),
+									  Q_ARG(bool, false));
 		}
 	} else {
 		// Clear selection
@@ -725,11 +726,12 @@ void TalkingUI::on_settingsChanged() {
 
 		if (channel) {
 			// Update
-			channelContainer->setName(
-				createChannelName(channel, Global::get().s.bTalkingUI_AbbreviateChannelNames, Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_PrefixCharCount,
-								  Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_PostfixCharCount, Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_MaxChannelNameLength,
-								  Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_ChannelHierarchyDepth, Global::get().s.qsTalkingUI_ChannelSeparator,
-								  Global::get().s.qsTalkingUI_AbbreviationReplacement, Global::get().s.bTalkingUI_AbbreviateCurrentChannel));
+			channelContainer->setName(createChannelName(
+				channel, Global::get().s.bTalkingUI_AbbreviateChannelNames, Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_PrefixCharCount,
+				Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_PostfixCharCount, Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_MaxChannelNameLength,
+				Global::get().s.iTalkingUI_ChannelHierarchyDepth, Global::get().s.qsTalkingUI_ChannelSeparator,
+				Global::get().s.qsTalkingUI_AbbreviationReplacement,
+				Global::get().s.bTalkingUI_AbbreviateCurrentChannel));
 		} else {
 			qCritical("TalkingUI: Can't find channel for stored ID");
 		}
diff --git a/src/mumble/Translations.cpp b/src/mumble/Translations.cpp
index 377732c23..87332cd06 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Translations.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/Translations.cpp
@@ -14,12 +14,13 @@
 namespace Mumble {
 namespace Translations {
 
-	LifetimeGuard::LifetimeGuard(LifetimeGuard &&old) : m_bundledTranslator(old.m_bundledTranslator),
-	m_overwriteTranslator(old.m_overwriteTranslator), m_qtTranslator(old.m_qtTranslator) {
+	LifetimeGuard::LifetimeGuard(LifetimeGuard &&old)
+		: m_bundledTranslator(old.m_bundledTranslator), m_overwriteTranslator(old.m_overwriteTranslator),
+		  m_qtTranslator(old.m_qtTranslator) {
 		// Reset values of old
-		old.m_bundledTranslator = nullptr;
+		old.m_bundledTranslator   = nullptr;
 		old.m_overwriteTranslator = nullptr;
-		old.m_qtTranslator = nullptr;
+		old.m_qtTranslator        = nullptr;
 	}
 
 	LifetimeGuard::~LifetimeGuard() {
@@ -121,9 +122,11 @@ namespace Translations {
 			app.installTranslator(guard.m_qtTranslator);
 		} else if (guard.m_qtTranslator->load(locale, ":/mumble_overwrite_qtbase_")) {
 			app.installTranslator(guard.m_qtTranslator);
-		} else if (guard.m_qtTranslator->load(locale, "qt_", prefix, QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::TranslationsPath))) {
+		} else if (guard.m_qtTranslator->load(locale, "qt_", prefix,
+											  QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::TranslationsPath))) {
 			app.installTranslator(guard.m_qtTranslator);
-		} else if (guard.m_qtTranslator->load(locale, "qtbase_", prefix, QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::TranslationsPath))) {
+		} else if (guard.m_qtTranslator->load(locale, "qtbase_", prefix,
+											  QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::TranslationsPath))) {
 			app.installTranslator(guard.m_qtTranslator);
 		} else if (guard.m_qtTranslator->load(locale, ":/qt_")) {
 			app.installTranslator(guard.m_qtTranslator);
diff --git a/src/mumble/Translations.h b/src/mumble/Translations.h
index 2a0b8f3d7..ebb2d0650 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Translations.h
+++ b/src/mumble/Translations.h
@@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ namespace Translations {
 	 * A lifetime guard for translators. Basically a smart-pointer for an ensemble of translators
 	 */
 	struct LifetimeGuard {
-		QTranslator *m_bundledTranslator = nullptr;
+		QTranslator *m_bundledTranslator   = nullptr;
 		QTranslator *m_overwriteTranslator = nullptr;
-		QTranslator *m_qtTranslator = nullptr;
+		QTranslator *m_qtTranslator        = nullptr;
 
 		LifetimeGuard() = default;
 		LifetimeGuard(LifetimeGuard &&old);
diff --git a/src/mumble/Usage.cpp b/src/mumble/Usage.cpp
index 94a313bd6..af8ba0199 100644
--- a/src/mumble/Usage.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/Usage.cpp
@@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ Usage::Usage(QObject *p) : QObject(p) {
 
 void Usage::registerUsage() {
 	if (!Global::get().s.bUsage
-		|| Global::get().s.uiUpdateCounter == 0) // Only register usage if allowed by the user and first wizard run has finished
+		|| Global::get().s.uiUpdateCounter
+			   == 0) // Only register usage if allowed by the user and first wizard run has finished
 		return;
 
 	QDomDocument doc;
diff --git a/src/mumble/UserInformation.cpp b/src/mumble/UserInformation.cpp
index 1ecc996e9..70925e7c3 100644
--- a/src/mumble/UserInformation.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/UserInformation.cpp
@@ -104,7 +104,8 @@ void UserInformation::update(const MumbleProto::UserStats &msg) {
 			if (alts.contains(QSsl::EmailEntry))
 				qlCertificate->setText(QStringList(alts.values(QSsl::EmailEntry)).join(tr(", ")));
 			else
-				qlCertificate->setText(Mumble::QtUtils::decode_first_utf8_qssl_string(cert.subjectInfo(QSslCertificate::CommonName)));
+				qlCertificate->setText(
+					Mumble::QtUtils::decode_first_utf8_qssl_string(cert.subjectInfo(QSslCertificate::CommonName)));
 
 			if (msg.strong_certificate()) {
 				QFont f = qfCertificateFont;
diff --git a/src/mumble/UserLocalNicknameDialog.cpp b/src/mumble/UserLocalNicknameDialog.cpp
index bb2dea4e1..c5bea6ad0 100644
--- a/src/mumble/UserLocalNicknameDialog.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/UserLocalNicknameDialog.cpp
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
 #include <QtWidgets/QPushButton>
 
 UserLocalNicknameDialog::UserLocalNicknameDialog(
-	unsigned int sessionId,
-	std::unordered_map< unsigned int, NicknameDialogPtr > &qmUserNicknameTracker)
+	unsigned int sessionId, std::unordered_map< unsigned int, NicknameDialogPtr > &qmUserNicknameTracker)
 	: QDialog(nullptr), m_clientSession(sessionId), m_qmUserNicknameTracker(qmUserNicknameTracker) {
 	setupUi(this);
 
@@ -44,16 +43,16 @@ void UserLocalNicknameDialog::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event) {
 	event->accept();
 }
 
-void UserLocalNicknameDialog::present(
-	unsigned int sessionId,
-	std::unordered_map< unsigned int, NicknameDialogPtr > &qmUserNicknameTracker) {
+void UserLocalNicknameDialog::present(unsigned int sessionId,
+									  std::unordered_map< unsigned int, NicknameDialogPtr > &qmUserNicknameTracker) {
 	if (qmUserNicknameTracker.find(sessionId) != qmUserNicknameTracker.end()) {
 		qmUserNicknameTracker.at(sessionId)->show();
 		qmUserNicknameTracker.at(sessionId)->raise();
 	} else {
 		// Make sure to use the custom deleter for QObjects that calls deleteLater() on them instead of using
 		// delete directly as the latter can lead to segmentation faults.
-		NicknameDialogPtr userNickname(new UserLocalNicknameDialog(sessionId, qmUserNicknameTracker), Mumble::QtUtils::deleteQObject);
+		NicknameDialogPtr userNickname(new UserLocalNicknameDialog(sessionId, qmUserNicknameTracker),
+									   Mumble::QtUtils::deleteQObject);
 		userNickname->show();
 		qmUserNicknameTracker.insert(std::make_pair(sessionId, std::move(userNickname)));
 	}
diff --git a/src/mumble/UserLocalNicknameDialog.h b/src/mumble/UserLocalNicknameDialog.h
index 06083f848..830851019 100644
--- a/src/mumble/UserLocalNicknameDialog.h
+++ b/src/mumble/UserLocalNicknameDialog.h
@@ -40,12 +40,10 @@ public slots:
 	void reject();
 
 public:
-	static void
-		present(unsigned int sessionId,
-				std::unordered_map< unsigned int, NicknameDialogPtr > &qmUserNicknameTracker);
-	UserLocalNicknameDialog(
-		unsigned int sessionId,
-		std::unordered_map< unsigned int, NicknameDialogPtr > &qmUserNicknameTracker);
+	static void present(unsigned int sessionId,
+						std::unordered_map< unsigned int, NicknameDialogPtr > &qmUserNicknameTracker);
+	UserLocalNicknameDialog(unsigned int sessionId,
+							std::unordered_map< unsigned int, NicknameDialogPtr > &qmUserNicknameTracker);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/mumble/UserModel.cpp b/src/mumble/UserModel.cpp
index ceb7c1dd4..474585eb2 100644
--- a/src/mumble/UserModel.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/UserModel.cpp
@@ -1176,7 +1176,8 @@ void UserModel::setComment(ClientUser *cu, const QString &comment) {
 					QWhatsThis::showText(Global::get().mw->qtvUsers->viewport()->mapToGlobal(r.bottomRight()),
 										 data(index(cu, 0), Qt::ToolTipRole).toString(), Global::get().mw->qtvUsers);
 				} else {
-					QToolTip::showText(QCursor::pos(), data(index(cu, 0), Qt::ToolTipRole).toString(), Global::get().mw->qtvUsers);
+					QToolTip::showText(QCursor::pos(), data(index(cu, 0), Qt::ToolTipRole).toString(),
+									   Global::get().mw->qtvUsers);
 				}
 			} else if (cu->uiSession == ~uiSessionComment) {
 				uiSessionComment = 0;
@@ -1241,7 +1242,8 @@ void UserModel::setComment(Channel *c, const QString &comment) {
 					QWhatsThis::showText(Global::get().mw->qtvUsers->viewport()->mapToGlobal(r.bottomRight()),
 										 data(index(c, 0), Qt::ToolTipRole).toString(), Global::get().mw->qtvUsers);
 				} else {
-					QToolTip::showText(QCursor::pos(), data(index(c, 0), Qt::ToolTipRole).toString(), Global::get().mw->qtvUsers);
+					QToolTip::showText(QCursor::pos(), data(index(c, 0), Qt::ToolTipRole).toString(),
+									   Global::get().mw->qtvUsers);
 				}
 			} else {
 				item->bCommentSeen = Global::get().db->seenComment(item->hash(), c->qbaDescHash);
@@ -1784,16 +1786,17 @@ bool UserModel::dropMimeData(const QMimeData *md, Qt::DropAction, int row, int c
 		int ret;
 		switch (Global::get().s.ceUserDrag) {
 			case Settings::Ask:
-				ret =
-					QMessageBox::question(Global::get().mw, QLatin1String("Mumble"), tr("Are you sure you want to drag this user?"),
-										  QMessageBox::Yes, QMessageBox::No);
+				ret = QMessageBox::question(Global::get().mw, QLatin1String("Mumble"),
+											tr("Are you sure you want to drag this user?"), QMessageBox::Yes,
+											QMessageBox::No);
 
 				if (ret == QMessageBox::No)
 					return false;
 				break;
 			case Settings::DoNothing:
-				Global::get().l->log(Log::Information,
-						 MainWindow::tr("You have User Dragging set to \"Do Nothing\" so the user wasn't moved."));
+				Global::get().l->log(
+					Log::Information,
+					MainWindow::tr("You have User Dragging set to \"Do Nothing\" so the user wasn't moved."));
 				return false;
 				break;
 			case Settings::Move:
@@ -1824,7 +1827,8 @@ bool UserModel::dropMimeData(const QMimeData *md, Qt::DropAction, int row, int c
 			case Settings::Move:
 				break;
 			default:
-				Global::get().l->log(Log::CriticalError, MainWindow::tr("Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData."));
+				Global::get().l->log(Log::CriticalError,
+									 MainWindow::tr("Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData."));
 				return false;
 				break;
 		}
@@ -2004,7 +2008,8 @@ QString UserModel::createDisplayString(const ClientUser &user, bool isChannelLis
 		displayString += " " + friendTag;
 	}
 
-	if (!Global::get().s.bShowNicknamesOnly && !nickname.isEmpty() && user.qsName.compare(nickname, Qt::CaseInsensitive) != 0) {
+	if (!Global::get().s.bShowNicknamesOnly && !nickname.isEmpty()
+		&& user.qsName.compare(nickname, Qt::CaseInsensitive) != 0) {
 		displayString += " " + QString::fromLatin1("[%1]").arg(nickname);
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/VersionCheck.cpp b/src/mumble/VersionCheck.cpp
index 3fb90caf7..123665e57 100644
--- a/src/mumble/VersionCheck.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/VersionCheck.cpp
@@ -54,8 +54,9 @@ VersionCheck::VersionCheck(bool autocheck, QObject *p, bool focus) : QObject(p),
 		if (autocheck)
 			queryItems << qMakePair(QString::fromLatin1("auto"), QString::fromLatin1("1"));
 
-		queryItems << qMakePair(QString::fromLatin1("locale"),
-								Global::get().s.qsLanguage.isEmpty() ? QLocale::system().name() : Global::get().s.qsLanguage);
+		queryItems << qMakePair(QString::fromLatin1("locale"), Global::get().s.qsLanguage.isEmpty()
+																   ? QLocale::system().name()
+																   : Global::get().s.qsLanguage);
 
 		QFile f(qApp->applicationFilePath());
 		if (!f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
@@ -105,8 +106,8 @@ void VersionCheck::fetched(QByteArray a, QUrl url) {
 				if (!fetch.isValid()) {
 					Global::get().mw->msgBox(QString::fromUtf8(a));
 				} else {
-					QString filename =
-						Global::get().qdBasePath.absoluteFilePath(QLatin1String("Snapshots/") + QFileInfo(fetch.path()).fileName());
+					QString filename = Global::get().qdBasePath.absoluteFilePath(QLatin1String("Snapshots/")
+																				 + QFileInfo(fetch.path()).fileName());
 
 					QFile qf(filename);
 					if (qf.exists()) {
@@ -157,15 +158,16 @@ void VersionCheck::fetched(QByteArray a, QUrl url) {
 							}
 
 						} else {
-							Global::get().mw->msgBox(tr("Corrupt download of new version detected. Automatically removed."));
+							Global::get().mw->msgBox(
+								tr("Corrupt download of new version detected. Automatically removed."));
 							qf.remove();
 						}
 
 						// Delete all but the N most recent snapshots
 						size_t numberOfSnapshotsToKeep = 1;
 
-						QDir snapdir(Global::get().qdBasePath.absolutePath() + QLatin1String("/Snapshots/"), QString(), QDir::Name,
-									 QDir::Files);
+						QDir snapdir(Global::get().qdBasePath.absolutePath() + QLatin1String("/Snapshots/"), QString(),
+									 QDir::Name, QDir::Files);
 
 						foreach (const QFileInfo fileInfo,
 								 snapdir.entryInfoList(QStringList(), QDir::NoFilter, QDir::Time)) {
@@ -180,14 +182,14 @@ void VersionCheck::fetched(QByteArray a, QUrl url) {
 						}
 					} else {
 						Global::get().mw->msgBox(tr("Downloading new snapshot from %1 to %2")
-										 .arg(fetch.toString().toHtmlEscaped(), filename.toHtmlEscaped()));
+													 .arg(fetch.toString().toHtmlEscaped(), filename.toHtmlEscaped()));
 						WebFetch::fetch(QLatin1String("dl"), fetch, this, SLOT(fetched(QByteArray, QUrl)));
 						return;
 					}
 				}
 			} else {
-				QString filename =
-					Global::get().qdBasePath.absoluteFilePath(QLatin1String("Snapshots/") + QFileInfo(url.path()).fileName());
+				QString filename = Global::get().qdBasePath.absoluteFilePath(QLatin1String("Snapshots/")
+																			 + QFileInfo(url.path()).fileName());
 
 				QFile qf(filename);
 				if (qf.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly)) {
diff --git a/src/mumble/VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp b/src/mumble/VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp
index e3d9ddc12..0f8c1d8c8 100644
--- a/src/mumble/VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ void VoiceRecorderDialog::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *evt) {
 	else
 		Global::get().s.rmRecordingMode = Settings::RecordingMultichannel;
 
-	int i                = qcbFormat->currentIndex();
+	int i                            = qcbFormat->currentIndex();
 	Global::get().s.iRecordingFormat = (i == -1) ? 0 : i;
 
 	reset();
diff --git a/src/mumble/WASAPI.cpp b/src/mumble/WASAPI.cpp
index bdc3d1ee6..91f071f14 100644
--- a/src/mumble/WASAPI.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/WASAPI.cpp
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ void WASAPIInputRegistrar::setDeviceChoice(const QVariant &choice, Settings &s)
 }
 
 bool WASAPIInputRegistrar::canEcho(EchoCancelOptionID echoOptionIDs, const QString &outputSystem) const {
-	return (echoOptionIDs == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MIXED
-	        || echoOptionIDs == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MULTICHANNEL) && (outputSystem == name);
+	return (echoOptionIDs == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MIXED || echoOptionIDs == EchoCancelOptionID::SPEEX_MULTICHANNEL)
+		   && (outputSystem == name);
 }
 
 bool WASAPIInputRegistrar::canExclusive() const {
@@ -485,8 +485,9 @@ void WASAPIInput::run() {
 			qWarning("WASAPIInput: Mic Initialize failed: hr=0x%08lx", hr);
 			if (hr == E_ACCESSDENIED) {
 				WASAPIInputRegistrar::hasOSPermissionDenied = true;
-				Global::get().mw->msgBox(tr("Access to the microphone was denied. Please check that your operating system's "
-								"microphone settings allow Mumble to use the microphone."));
+				Global::get().mw->msgBox(
+					tr("Access to the microphone was denied. Please check that your operating system's "
+					   "microphone settings allow Mumble to use the microphone."));
 			}
 			goto cleanup;
 		}
@@ -885,10 +886,11 @@ void WASAPIOutput::run() {
 	int ns = 0;
 	unsigned int chanmasks[32];
 	QMap< DWORD, float > qmVolumes;
-	bool lastspoke                = false;
-	REFERENCE_TIME bufferDuration = (Global::get().s.iOutputDelay > 1) ? (Global::get().s.iOutputDelay + 1) * 100000 : 0;
-	bool exclusive                = false;
-	bool mixed                    = false;
+	bool lastspoke = false;
+	REFERENCE_TIME bufferDuration =
+		(Global::get().s.iOutputDelay > 1) ? (Global::get().s.iOutputDelay + 1) * 100000 : 0;
+	bool exclusive = false;
+	bool mixed     = false;
 
 	CoInitialize(nullptr);
 
@@ -1015,7 +1017,8 @@ void WASAPIOutput::run() {
 	iMixerFreq = pwfx->nSamplesPerSec;
 
 	qWarning("WASAPIOutput: Periods %lldus %lldus (latency %lldus)", def / 10LL, min / 10LL, latency / 10LL);
-	qWarning("WASAPIOutput: Buffer is %dus (%d)", (bufferFrameCount * 1000000) / iMixerFreq, Global::get().s.iOutputDelay);
+	qWarning("WASAPIOutput: Buffer is %dus (%d)", (bufferFrameCount * 1000000) / iMixerFreq,
+			 Global::get().s.iOutputDelay);
 
 	hr = pAudioClient->GetService(__uuidof(IAudioRenderClient), (void **) &pRenderClient);
 	if (FAILED(hr)) {
diff --git a/src/mumble/main.cpp b/src/mumble/main.cpp
index a1ef34826..a0d3f337d 100644
--- a/src/mumble/main.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/main.cpp
@@ -11,8 +11,6 @@
 #include "AudioWizard.h"
 #include "Cert.h"
 #include "Database.h"
-#include "Log.h"
-#include "LogEmitter.h"
 #include "DeveloperConsole.h"
 #include "LCD.h"
 #include "Log.h"
@@ -37,22 +35,22 @@
 #include "License.h"
 #include "MumbleApplication.h"
 #include "NetworkConfig.h"
+#include "PluginInstaller.h"
+#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "SSL.h"
 #include "SocketRPC.h"
 #include "TalkingUI.h"
-#include "Translations.h"
 #include "Themes.h"
+#include "Translations.h"
 #include "UserLockFile.h"
 #include "VersionCheck.h"
-#include "PluginInstaller.h"
-#include "PluginManager.h"
 #include "Global.h"
 
+#include <QLocale>
+#include <QScreen>
 #include <QtCore/QProcess>
 #include <QtGui/QDesktopServices>
 #include <QtWidgets/QMessageBox>
-#include <QLocale>
-#include <QScreen>
 
 #ifdef USE_DBUS
 #	include <QtDBus/QDBusInterface>
@@ -75,7 +73,7 @@ extern void os_init();
 extern char *os_lang;
 
 QScreen *screenAt(QPoint point) {
-#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5,10,0)
+#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 10, 0)
 	// screenAt was only introduced in Qt 5.10
 	return QGuiApplication::screenAt(point);
 #else
@@ -95,14 +93,16 @@ bool positionIsOnScreen(QPoint point) {
 
 QPoint getTalkingUIPosition() {
 	QPoint talkingUIPos = QPoint(0, 0);
-	if (Global::get().s.qpTalkingUI_Position != Settings::UNSPECIFIED_POSITION && positionIsOnScreen(Global::get().s.qpTalkingUI_Position)) {
+	if (Global::get().s.qpTalkingUI_Position != Settings::UNSPECIFIED_POSITION
+		&& positionIsOnScreen(Global::get().s.qpTalkingUI_Position)) {
 		// Restore last position
 		talkingUIPos = Global::get().s.qpTalkingUI_Position;
 	} else {
 		// Place the TalkingUI next to the MainWindow by default
 		const QPoint mainWindowPos = Global::get().mw->pos();
 		const int horizontalBuffer = 10;
-		const QPoint defaultPos = QPoint(mainWindowPos.x() + Global::get().mw->size().width() + horizontalBuffer, mainWindowPos.y());
+		const QPoint defaultPos =
+			QPoint(mainWindowPos.x() + Global::get().mw->size().width() + horizontalBuffer, mainWindowPos.y());
 
 		if (positionIsOnScreen(defaultPos)) {
 			talkingUIPos = defaultPos;
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ QPoint getTalkingUIPosition() {
 	const QSize talkingUISize = Global::get().talkingUI->size();
 
 	// The screen should always be found at this point as we have chosen to pos to be on a screen
-	const QScreen *screen = screenAt(talkingUIPos);
-	const QRect screenGeom = screen ? screen->availableGeometry() : QRect(0,0,0,0);
+	const QScreen *screen  = screenAt(talkingUIPos);
+	const QRect screenGeom = screen ? screen->availableGeometry() : QRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
 
 	// Check whether the TalkingUI fits on the screen in x-direction
 	if (!positionIsOnScreen(talkingUIPos + QPoint(talkingUISize.width(), 0))) {
@@ -340,12 +340,12 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
 			} else if (args.at(i) == QLatin1String("-m") || args.at(i) == QLatin1String("--multiple")) {
 				bAllowMultiple = true;
 			} else if (args.at(i) == QLatin1String("-n") || args.at(i) == QLatin1String("--noidentity")) {
-				suppressIdentity      = true;
+				suppressIdentity                  = true;
 				Global::get().s.bSuppressIdentity = true;
 			} else if (args.at(i) == QLatin1String("-jn") || args.at(i) == QLatin1String("--jackname")) {
 				if (i + 1 < args.count()) {
 					Global::get().s.qsJackClientName = QString(args.at(i + 1));
-					customJackClientName = true;
+					customJackClientName             = true;
 					++i;
 				} else {
 					qCritical("Missing argument for --jackname!");
@@ -428,15 +428,16 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
 		QString infoString = QObject::tr("The directories in which Mumble searches for extra translation files are:\n");
 
 		int counter = 1;
-		for (const QString &currentTranslationDir : Mumble::Translations::getTranslationDirectories(a, extraTranslationDirs)) {
+		for (const QString &currentTranslationDir :
+			 Mumble::Translations::getTranslationDirectories(a, extraTranslationDirs)) {
 			infoString += QString::fromLatin1("%1. ").arg(counter) + currentTranslationDir + "\n";
 			counter++;
 		}
 
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
-				QMessageBox::information(nullptr, QObject::tr("Invocation"), infoString);
+		QMessageBox::information(nullptr, QObject::tr("Invocation"), infoString);
 #else
-				printf("%s", qUtf8Printable(infoString));
+		printf("%s", qUtf8Printable(infoString));
 #endif
 
 		return 0;
@@ -594,24 +595,23 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
 	}
 
 	if (!pluginsToBeInstalled.isEmpty()) {
-
-		foreach(QString currentPlugin, pluginsToBeInstalled) {
-
+		foreach (QString currentPlugin, pluginsToBeInstalled) {
 			try {
 				PluginInstaller installer(currentPlugin);
 				installer.exec();
-			} catch(const PluginInstallException& e) {
+			} catch (const PluginInstallException &e) {
 				qCritical() << qUtf8Printable(e.getMessage());
 			}
-
 		}
 
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	qWarning("Locale is \"%s\" (System: \"%s\")", qUtf8Printable(settingsLocale.name()), qUtf8Printable(systemLocale.name()));
+	qWarning("Locale is \"%s\" (System: \"%s\")", qUtf8Printable(settingsLocale.name()),
+			 qUtf8Printable(systemLocale.name()));
 
-	Mumble::Translations::LifetimeGuard translationGuard = Mumble::Translations::installTranslators(settingsLocale, a, extraTranslationDirs);
+	Mumble::Translations::LifetimeGuard translationGuard =
+		Mumble::Translations::installTranslators(settingsLocale, a, extraTranslationDirs);
 
 	// Initialize proxy settings
 	NetworkConfig::SetupProxy();
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
 	// Initialize zeroconf
 	Global::get().zeroconf = new Zeroconf();
 #endif
-	
+
 	// PluginManager
 	Global::get().pluginManager = new PluginManager();
 	Global::get().pluginManager->rescanPlugins();
@@ -661,12 +661,15 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
 	// window's frame to be included in the positioning calculation on X11 (at least using KDE Plasma)
 	Global::get().talkingUI->setVisible(Global::get().s.bShowTalkingUI);
 
-	QObject::connect(Global::get().mw, &MainWindow::userAddedChannelListener, Global::get().talkingUI, &TalkingUI::on_channelListenerAdded);
-	QObject::connect(Global::get().mw, &MainWindow::userRemovedChannelListener, Global::get().talkingUI, &TalkingUI::on_channelListenerRemoved);
+	QObject::connect(Global::get().mw, &MainWindow::userAddedChannelListener, Global::get().talkingUI,
+					 &TalkingUI::on_channelListenerAdded);
+	QObject::connect(Global::get().mw, &MainWindow::userRemovedChannelListener, Global::get().talkingUI,
+					 &TalkingUI::on_channelListenerRemoved);
 	QObject::connect(&ChannelListener::get(), &ChannelListener::localVolumeAdjustmentsChanged, Global::get().talkingUI,
 					 &TalkingUI::on_channelListenerLocalVolumeAdjustmentChanged);
 
-	QObject::connect(Global::get().mw, &MainWindow::serverSynchronized, Global::get().talkingUI, &TalkingUI::on_serverSynchronized);
+	QObject::connect(Global::get().mw, &MainWindow::serverSynchronized, Global::get().talkingUI,
+					 &TalkingUI::on_serverSynchronized);
 
 	// Initialize logger
 	// Log::log() needs the MainWindow to already exist. Thus creating the Log instance
@@ -708,7 +711,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
 			Global::get().s.iaeIdleAction = Settings::Nothing;
 		} else {
 			Global::get().s.iIdleTime     = 60 * qRound(Global::get().s.iIdleTime / 60.); // Round to minutes
-			Global::get().s.iaeIdleAction = Settings::Deafen;                 // Old behavior
+			Global::get().s.iaeIdleAction = Settings::Deafen;                             // Old behavior
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -745,9 +748,10 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
 	}
 
 	if (QDateTime::currentDateTime().daysTo(Global::get().s.kpCertificate.first.first().expiryDate()) < 14)
-		Global::get().l->log(Log::Warning,
-				 CertWizard::tr("<b>Certificate Expiry:</b> Your certificate is about to expire. You need to renew it, "
-								"or you will no longer be able to connect to servers you are registered on."));
+		Global::get().l->log(
+			Log::Warning,
+			CertWizard::tr("<b>Certificate Expiry:</b> Your certificate is about to expire. You need to renew it, "
+						   "or you will no longer be able to connect to servers you are registered on."));
 
 #ifdef QT_NO_DEBUG
 	// Only perform the version-check for non-debug builds
@@ -766,7 +770,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
 	if (Global::get().s.bPluginCheck) {
 		Global::get().pluginManager->checkForPluginUpdates();
 	}
-#else // QT_NO_DEBUG
+#else  // QT_NO_DEBUG
 	Global::get().mw->msgBox(MainWindow::tr("Skipping version check in debug mode."));
 #endif // QT_NO_DEBUG
 
@@ -832,7 +836,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
 
 	Global::get().sh.reset();
 
-	while (sh && ! sh.unique())
+	while (sh && !sh.unique())
 		QThread::yieldCurrentThread();
 	sh.reset();
 
diff --git a/src/mumble/os_win.cpp b/src/mumble/os_win.cpp
index 6cfd95f34..0e5ac74de 100644
--- a/src/mumble/os_win.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/os_win.cpp
@@ -278,9 +278,8 @@ void os_init() {
 		}
 	}
 
-	QString comment =
-		QString::fromLatin1("%1\n%2\n%3")
-			.arg(QString::fromLatin1(MUMBLE_RELEASE), QString::fromLatin1(MUMTEXT(MUMBLE_VERSION)), hash);
+	QString comment = QString::fromLatin1("%1\n%2\n%3")
+						  .arg(QString::fromLatin1(MUMBLE_RELEASE), QString::fromLatin1(MUMTEXT(MUMBLE_VERSION)), hash);
 
 	wcscpy_s(wcComment, DUMP_BUFFER_SIZE, comment.toStdWString().c_str());
 	musComment.Type       = CommentStreamW;
diff --git a/src/mumble/widgets/MultiStyleWidgetWrapper.cpp b/src/mumble/widgets/MultiStyleWidgetWrapper.cpp
index 288c094b9..be5950df3 100644
--- a/src/mumble/widgets/MultiStyleWidgetWrapper.cpp
+++ b/src/mumble/widgets/MultiStyleWidgetWrapper.cpp
@@ -5,13 +5,13 @@
 
 #include "MultiStyleWidgetWrapper.h"
 
-#include <QWidget>
 #include <QFont>
 #include <QFontMetrics>
+#include <QWidget>
 
 const uint32_t MultiStyleWidgetWrapper::UNSET_FONTSIZE = 0;
-const QString MultiStyleWidgetWrapper::UNSET_COLOR = "";
-const QString MultiStyleWidgetWrapper::UNSET_SELECTOR = "*";
+const QString MultiStyleWidgetWrapper::UNSET_COLOR     = "";
+const QString MultiStyleWidgetWrapper::UNSET_SELECTOR  = "*";
 
 MultiStyleWidgetWrapper::MultiStyleWidgetWrapper(QWidget *widget) : m_widget(widget) {
 }
diff --git a/src/mumble/widgets/MultiStyleWidgetWrapper.h b/src/mumble/widgets/MultiStyleWidgetWrapper.h
index 1cdfa4fdd..f158e2031 100644
--- a/src/mumble/widgets/MultiStyleWidgetWrapper.h
+++ b/src/mumble/widgets/MultiStyleWidgetWrapper.h
@@ -16,37 +16,37 @@ class QWidget;
 /// set single properties within a widget's stylesheet without potentially overwriting other
 /// properties set through it.
 class MultiStyleWidgetWrapper {
-	public:
-		void setFontSize(uint32_t fontSize, bool isPixels = true);
-		void setFontSizeSelector(const QString &selector);
-		void setBackgroundColor(const QString &color);
-		void setBackgroundColorSelector(const QString &selector);
-
-		void clearFontSize();
-		void clearFontSizeSelector();
-		void clearBackgroundColor();
-		void clearBackgroundColorSelector();
-
-		QWidget *operator->();
-
-		MultiStyleWidgetWrapper(QWidget *widget);
-
-	protected:
-		static const uint32_t UNSET_FONTSIZE;
-		static const QString UNSET_COLOR;
-		static const QString UNSET_SELECTOR;
-		/// The wrapped widget
-		QWidget *m_widget;
-		/// The current font size in pixels
-		uint32_t m_fontSize = UNSET_FONTSIZE;
-		/// The CSS selector to be applied to the font size
-		QString m_fontSizeSelector = UNSET_SELECTOR;
-		/// The current background color
-		QString m_backgroundColor = UNSET_COLOR;
-		/// The CSS selector to be applied to the background color
-		QString m_backgroundColorSelector = UNSET_SELECTOR;
-
-		void updateStyleSheet();
+public:
+	void setFontSize(uint32_t fontSize, bool isPixels = true);
+	void setFontSizeSelector(const QString &selector);
+	void setBackgroundColor(const QString &color);
+	void setBackgroundColorSelector(const QString &selector);
+
+	void clearFontSize();
+	void clearFontSizeSelector();
+	void clearBackgroundColor();
+	void clearBackgroundColorSelector();
+
+	QWidget *operator->();
+
+	MultiStyleWidgetWrapper(QWidget *widget);
+
+protected:
+	static const uint32_t UNSET_FONTSIZE;
+	static const QString UNSET_COLOR;
+	static const QString UNSET_SELECTOR;
+	/// The wrapped widget
+	QWidget *m_widget;
+	/// The current font size in pixels
+	uint32_t m_fontSize = UNSET_FONTSIZE;
+	/// The CSS selector to be applied to the font size
+	QString m_fontSizeSelector = UNSET_SELECTOR;
+	/// The current background color
+	QString m_backgroundColor = UNSET_COLOR;
+	/// The CSS selector to be applied to the background color
+	QString m_backgroundColorSelector = UNSET_SELECTOR;
+
+	void updateStyleSheet();
 };
 
 #endif // MUMBLE_MUMBLE_WIDGETS_MULTISTYLEWIDGETWRAPPER_H_